US20210354008A1 - Golf club heads - Google Patents
Golf club heads Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210354008A1 US20210354008A1 US17/387,181 US202117387181A US2021354008A1 US 20210354008 A1 US20210354008 A1 US 20210354008A1 US 202117387181 A US202117387181 A US 202117387181A US 2021354008 A1 US2021354008 A1 US 2021354008A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- club head
- golf club
- weight
- weight member
- fastener
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 100
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 64
- 229910001069 Ti alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 28
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 27
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 24
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 16
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- -1 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 108700041286 delta Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910000851 Alloy steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002396 Polyurea Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004433 Thermoplastic polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003856 thermoforming Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 5
- GPAPPPVRLPGFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GPAPPPVRLPGFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004713 Cyclic olefin copolymer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002614 Polyether block amide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004918 carbon fiber reinforced polymer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013016 damping Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002648 laminated material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001470 polyketone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001955 polyphenylene ether Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001897 terpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920006332 epoxy adhesive Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000012643 polycondensation polymerization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000638 styrene acrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003358 C2-C20 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004709 Chlorinated polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001634 Copolyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004641 Diallyl-phthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002943 EPDM rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000106 Liquid crystal polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004977 Liquid-crystal polymers (LCPs) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002902 bimodal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) benzene-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC=C QUDWYFHPNIMBFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FACXGONDLDSNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 FACXGONDLDSNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003247 engineering thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001230 polyarylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006380 polyphenylene oxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006132 styrene block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000468 styrene butadiene styrene block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012815 thermoplastic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001989 1,3-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:1])=C([H])C([*:2])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-phenylethenyl)furan-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C(C=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000531908 Aramides Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910001040 Beta-titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003290 Eviva® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002292 Nylon 6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920012266 Poly(ether sulfone) PES Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004962 Polyamide-imide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004954 Polyphthalamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005830 Polyurethane Foam Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920004880 RTP PEK Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003295 Radel® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002063 Sorbothane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000147 Styrene maleic anhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003294 Sumikaexce Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003291 Ultrason® E Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003289 Ultrason® S Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920004695 VICTREX™ PEEK Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003293 Veradel®PESU Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910001080 W alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VCCBEIPGXKNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N biphenyl-4,4'-diol Chemical group C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VCCBEIPGXKNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011549 displacement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HDERJYVLTPVNRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;ethenyl acetate Chemical class C=C.CC(=O)OC=C HDERJYVLTPVNRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920005669 high impact polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000000396 iron Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003562 lightweight material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052755 nonmetal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002843 nonmetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002312 polyamide-imide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006375 polyphtalamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011496 polyurethane foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000135 prohibitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005476 soldering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006249 styrenic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003051 synthetic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007514 turning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B60/00—Details or accessories of golf clubs, bats, rackets or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B53/00—Golf clubs
- A63B53/04—Heads
- A63B53/0466—Heads wood-type
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B53/00—Golf clubs
- A63B53/04—Heads
- A63B53/06—Heads adjustable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B60/00—Details or accessories of golf clubs, bats, rackets or the like
- A63B60/02—Ballast means for adjusting the centre of mass
- A63B60/04—Movable ballast means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B53/00—Golf clubs
- A63B53/04—Heads
- A63B2053/0491—Heads with added weights, e.g. changeable, replaceable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B71/00—Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
- A63B71/06—Indicating or scoring devices for games or players, or for other sports activities
- A63B2071/0694—Visual indication, e.g. Indicia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2102/00—Application of clubs, bats, rackets or the like to the sporting activity ; particular sports involving the use of balls and clubs, bats, rackets, or the like
- A63B2102/32—Golf
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2209/00—Characteristics of used materials
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2209/00—Characteristics of used materials
- A63B2209/02—Characteristics of used materials with reinforcing fibres, e.g. carbon, polyamide fibres
- A63B2209/023—Long, oriented fibres, e.g. wound filaments, woven fabrics, mats
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B53/00—Golf clubs
- A63B53/002—Clubs made of composite, plastics or rubber materials, with integral head and shaft
Definitions
- the present application concerns golf club heads, and more particularly, golf club heads for wood-type clubs including driver-type, fairway-type, and hybrid-type golf clubs.
- An exemplary metalwood golf club such as a driver or fairway wood typically includes a hollow shaft having a lower end to which the golf club head is attached.
- Most modern versions of these golf club heads are made, at least in part, of a lightweight but strong metal such as titanium alloy.
- the golf club head comprises a body made primarily of such strong metals.
- Some current approaches to reducing structural mass of a metalwood club-head are directed to making one or more portions of the golf club head of an alternative material.
- the bodies and face plates of most current metalwoods are made of titanium alloys
- some golf club heads are made, at least in part, of components formed from either graphite/epoxy-composite (or other suitable composite material) and a metal alloy.
- Graphite composites have a much lower density compared to titanium alloys, which offers an opportunity to provide more discretionary mass in the club-head.
- CG and MOI can also critically affect a golf club head's performance, such as launch angle and flight trajectory on impact with a golf ball, among other characteristics.
- wood-type golf club heads that provide, among other attributes, improved forgiveness, ball speed, adjustability and playability, while maintaining durability.
- wood-type golf club heads that include a body defining an interior cavity, a sole positioned at a bottom portion of the golf club head and a crown positioned at a top portion.
- the body also has a face defining a forward portion extending between a heel portion of the golf club head and a toe portion of the golf club head, a rearward portion opposite the face, and a hosel.
- a weight member is positioned in or on the weight channel, and may be configured to be adjusted along the path to any of a range of selectable positions in the weight channel to adjust mass properties of the golf club head.
- a fastener is configured to secure the weight member to the golf club head body in any of the selectable positions along the path. In certain examples, there are at least five, or in some cases at least ten such selectable positions. The fastener may be secured to the golf club head body at a fixed location that is independent of the position of the weight member along the path, so that this position does not change, regardless of where the weight member is positioned along the path.
- the path may comprise a substantially linear path extending in a substantially heel-toe direction, or, alternatively, in a substantially forward-rearward direction. In other instances, the path comprises a curved path extending in a substantially heel-toe direction.
- the weight channel is positioned in a forward portion of the sole, and, in particular instances, the channel comprises a toe and a heel end, and wherein the channel curves rearwardly at the toe and heel ends, away from the face. In other instances, the channel is positioned in a rearward portion of the sole, and, in particular instances, the channel comprises a toe end and a heel end, and wherein the channel curves forwardly at the toe and heel ends.
- the weight channel comprises an outer arc that extends at least half of a length of the golf club head from a heel of the golf club head to a toe of the golf club head, or half of a depth of the golf club head from the face to a trailing edge of the golf club head.
- the weight member may comprise a forward side and a rearward side.
- the forward side of the weight member is curved parallel to a corresponding curved forward edge of the weight channel.
- the rearward side is also curved parallel to a corresponding curved rearward edge of the weight channel.
- the weight member is positioned entirely external to the interior cavity.
- a lower surface of the weight member is approximately parallel to the sole to serve as a ground contact point when the golf club head is soled.
- the golf club may comprise a front channel in the sole positioned forward of the weight channel and extending into the interior cavity of the golf club head, the front channel extending substantially in a heel-toe direction.
- the front channel, or a similar slot channel in addition to the weight channel may increase or enhance the perimeter flexibility of the striking face of the golf club head in order to increase the coefficient of restitution and/or characteristic time of the golf club head and frees up additional discretionary mass which can be utilized elsewhere in the golf club head.
- the front channel, or similar slot or other mechanism is located in the forward portion of the sole of the golf club head, adjacent to or near to the forwardmost edge of the sole. Also, in some instances, the front channel extends into the interior cavity of the golf club head, and in particular cases extends substantially in a heel-toe direction.
- the weight member comprises an elongated weight slot that extends through an interior of the weight member, the fastener extends through the weight slot, and is configured to permit the weight member to translate along the path while the fastener is stationary.
- the fastener comprises a fastener head that is recessed within the weight slot and a threaded fastener shaft that extends from the fastener head and is secured to the body at a fastener port in the body.
- the fastener port is forward of the fastener head.
- the fastener may be configured to, in a loosened position, allow the weight member to translate along the path as the fastener remains stationary relative to the fastener port.
- the fastener may further be configured to, in a secured position, retain the weight member in a selected position.
- the fastener may comprise two or more fasteners each passing through the weight slot and secured to the golf club head body at different locations.
- the fastener may itself comprise a removable weight, which mass can be adjusted as desired to adjust mass properties of the golf club head.
- the fastener at least partially covers the weight member.
- the fastener does not extend through the weight member.
- the fastener comprises a tab that extends below at least a portion of either a forward edge or a rearward edge of the weight member, and may in particular instances further comprise a removable screw or bolt that extends through the tab and into the body of the golf club head.
- the weight channel may have a path dimension representing a distance of travel for the weight member, wherein the distance comprises the distance between a first path end positioned proximate to a first end of the channel and a second path end positioned proximate to a second end of the channel.
- the weight member may have a first dimension that is normal to the path dimension and a second dimension that is parallel to the path dimension, and in some cases the second dimension is at least 50 percent of the path dimension. In some cases, the second dimension may be at least 70 percent of the path dimension.
- translating the weight member from a first position adjacent a first end of the channel to a second position adjacent a second end of the channel provides a golf club head center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx) of at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm or at least 5 mm.
- the weight member has a mass of at least 40 grams, or at least 60 grams.
- the weight member comprises at least 25 percent, or in some cases at least 30 percent, of a total mass of the golf club head.
- the weight member may comprise a forward side and a rearward side, and have a center of mass that is nearer the forward side than the rearward side.
- a height of the weight member at the forward side is greater than a height of the weight member at the rearward side.
- the weight member may in some instances be tapered down from the forward side to the rearward side.
- the weight member may comprise two or more stepped portions.
- a first stepped portion at the forward side has a first height that is greater than a second height of a second stepped portion at the rearward side.
- the rearward side of the weight member comprises a chamfered edge.
- the golf club head further comprises a polymeric pad positioned between the chamfered edge and the body.
- the rearward end of the weight member may comprise a recessed ledge portion that corresponds to a protruding ledge portion on the golf club head body, such as in the weight channel.
- a polymeric pad may be positioned between the recessed ledge portion and the protruding ledge portion.
- the weight member is configured to move in an accurate path defined by a center axis of curvature located rearward of the face, rearward of the weight channel, and/or rearward of a center of gravity of the golf club head.
- the weight member is configured to move in an arc of less than 90 degrees, or less than 180 degrees around the center axis of curvature.
- the weight member may be configured to move around the center axis of curvature in an arc of between 5 degrees and 90 degrees, between 10 degrees and 30 degrees, or between 15 degrees and 45 degrees.
- the weight member may be configured to move around a center axis of curvature, wherein the center axis of curvature is not collocated with a position of the fastener.
- the golf club head may have a balance point up (BP Up) value of less than 23 mm, less than 22 mm, or less than 20 mm.
- BP Up balance point up
- FIG. 1A is a front elevational view of an exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 1B is heel-side view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 2A is a bottom rear perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 2B is a front perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A , with a weight member removed.
- FIG. 4 is a bottom perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A , with a weight member removed.
- FIG. 5A is a bottom view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 , with a weight member removed.
- FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view of a weight channel in the golf club head of FIG. 5A , taken along line 5 B- 5 B in FIG. 5A .
- FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is a perspective view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure.
- FIG. 8 is a front cross-sectional view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 9A is a bottom view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view of a weight member, weight channel, and fastener in the golf club head of FIG. 9A , taken along line 9 B- 9 B in FIG. 9A .
- FIG. 10 is a top view of the golf club head of FIG. 1A , with the crown insert removed.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-section of the golf club head of FIG. 10 , taken along line 11 - 11 in FIG. 10 .
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of a hosel of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view of an adjustable hosel-shaft assembly of the golf club head of FIG. 1A .
- FIG. 14 is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 15 is a toe-side cross-sectional view of the golf club head of FIG. 14 .
- FIG. 16 is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 17 is a bottom perspective view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 18 is a bottom perspective view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 19 is a top view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure.
- FIG. 20 is an elevational view of the weight member of FIG. 19 .
- FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure.
- FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure.
- FIG. 23A is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein.
- FIG. 23B is a toe-side cross-sectional view of the golf club head of FIG. 23A , taken along line 23 B- 23 B in FIG. 23A .
- golf club heads for metalwood type golf clubs, including drivers, fairway woods, rescue clubs, hybrid clubs, and the like.
- Several of the golf club heads incorporate features that provide the golf club heads and/or golf clubs with increased moments of inertia and low centers of gravity, centers of gravity located in preferable locations, improved golf club head and face geometries, increased sole and lower face flexibility, higher coefficients or restitution (“COR”) and characteristic times (“CT”), and/or decreased backspin rates relative to fairway wood and other golf club heads that have come before.
- COR coefficients or restitution
- CT characteristic times
- This disclosure describes embodiments of golf club heads in the exemplary context of fairway wood-type golf clubs, but the principles, methods and designs described may be applicable in whole or in part to other wood-type golf clubs, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like.
- inventive features include all novel and non-obvious features disclosed herein, both alone and in novel and non-obvious combinations with other elements.
- phrase “and/or” means “and,” “or” and both “and” and “or.”
- singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” refer to one or more than one, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
- the terms “including” and “having” (and their grammatical variants) mean “comprising.”
- Golf club head “forgiveness” generally describes the ability of a golf club head to deliver a desirable golf ball trajectory despite a miss-hit (e.g., a ball struck at a location on the face plate other than an ideal impact location, e.g., an impact location where coefficient of restitution is maximized).
- a miss-hit e.g., a ball struck at a location on the face plate other than an ideal impact location, e.g., an impact location where coefficient of restitution is maximized.
- Large mass moments of inertia contribute to the overall forgiveness of a golf club head.
- a low center-of-gravity improves forgiveness for golf club heads used to strike a ball from the turf by giving a higher launch angle and a lower spin trajectory (which improves the distance of a fairway wood golf shot).
- Providing a rearward center-of-gravity reduces the likelihood of a slice or fade for many golfers. Accordingly, forgiveness of fairway wood golf club heads, can be improved using the techniques described
- a golf club head with a crown thickness less than about 0.65 mm throughout at least about 70% of the crown can provide significant discretionary mass.
- a 0.60 mm thick crown formed from steel can provide as much as about 8 grams of discretionary mass compared to a 0.80 mm thick crown.
- a 0.80 mm thick crown formed from a composite material having a density of about 1.5 g/cc can provide as much as about 26 grams of discretionary mass compared to a 0.80 mm thick crown formed from steel.
- the large discretionary mass can be distributed to improve the mass moments of inertia and desirably locate the golf club head center-of-gravity.
- discretionary mass should be located sole-ward rather than crown-ward to maintain a low center-of-gravity, forward rather than rearward to maintain a forwardly positioned center of gravity, and rearward rather than forward to maintain a rearwardly positioned center-of-gravity.
- discretionary mass should be located far from the center-of-gravity and near the perimeter of the golf club head to maintain high mass moments of inertia.
- COR coefficient of restitution
- the golf club head's face plate deflects and rebounds, thereby imparting energy to the struck golf ball.
- the golf club head's coefficient of restitution is the ratio of the velocity of separation to the velocity of approach.
- a thin face plate generally will deflect more than a thick face plate.
- a properly constructed club with a thin, flexible face plate can impart a higher initial velocity to a golf ball, which is generally desirable, than a club with a thick, rigid face plate.
- thin walls are important to a club's performance.
- overly thin walls can adversely affect the golf club head's durability.
- problems also arise from stresses distributed across the golf club head upon impact with the golf ball, particularly at junctions of golf club head components, such as the junction of the face plate with other golf club head components (e.g., the sole, skirt, and crown).
- One prior solution has been to provide a reinforced periphery about the face plate, such as by welding, in order to withstand the repeated impacts.
- Another approach to combat stresses at impact is to use one or more ribs extending substantially from the crown to the sole vertically, and in some instances extending from the toe to the heel horizontally, across an inner surface of the face plate.
- the golf club heads of this disclosure are designed to allow for introduction of a face which can be adjusted in thickness as needed or desired to interact with the other disclosed aspects, such as a channel or slot positioned behind the face, as well as increased areas of mass and/or removable weights.
- the golf club heads of this disclosure may utilize, for example, the variable thickness face features described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,353,786, 6,997,820, 6,800,038, and 6,824,475, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- the mass of the face, as well as other of the above-described properties can be adjusted by using different face materials, structures, and features, such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
- the normal address position of the club head is defined as the angular position of the head relative to a horizontal ground plane when the shaft axis lies in a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the centerface target line vector and when the shaft axis defines a lie angle relative to the ground plane such that the scorelines on the face of the club are horizontal (if the club does not have scorelines, then the normal address position lie angle shall be defined as 60-degrees).
- the centerface target line vector is defined as a horizontal vector that points forward (along the Y-axis) from the centerface point of the face.
- the centerface point (axis origin point) can be defined as the geometric center of the striking surface and/or can be defined as an ideal impact location on the striking surface.
- FIGS. 1A-1B illustrate one embodiment of a fairway wood type golf club head 100 at normal address position, though it is understood that similar measurements may be made for other wood-type golf clubs, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like.
- the golf club head 100 rests on a ground plane 210 , a plane parallel to the ground, which is intersected by a centerline axis 205 of a club shaft of the golf club head 100 .
- the location of the center of gravity also has a significant effect on the COR and other properties of a golf club head.
- a given golf club head having a given CG will have a projected center of gravity or “balance point” or “CG projection” on the face plate 111 that is determined by an imaginary line 240 passing through the CG 230 and oriented normal to the face plate 111 .
- the location 255 where the imaginary line 240 intersects the face plate 111 is the projected CG point 255 , which is typically expressed as a distance above or below the geometric center 105 of the face plate 111 .
- the distance from the ground plane 210 to the Projected CG point 255 may also be an advantageous measurement of golf head playability, and may be represented by a CG plane 250 that is parallel to the ground plane 210 .
- the distance 260 from the ground plane 210 to this CG plane 250 representing CG projection on the face plate 111 may be referred to as the balance point up (BP Up), as also illustrated in FIG. 1C .
- BP Up may be less than 23 mm, regardless of the position of a weight member along its path of travel, (e.g., path 137 in FIGS. 5A and 9A ).
- BP Up may be lower than 22 mm for any position of the weight member along its path of travel.
- BP Up made be lower than 20 mm for any position of the weight member along its path of travel.
- Zup generally refers to the height of the CG above the ground plane as measured along the z-axis. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 1B , an imaginary line 232 representing Zup extends out from the CG 230 parallel to the ground plane 210 .
- Fairway wood shots typically involve impacts that occur below the center of the face, and ball speed and launch parameters are often less than ideal. This results because most fairway wood shots are from the ground and not from a tee, and most golfers have a tendency to hit their fairway wood ground shots low on the face of the golf club head. Maximum ball speed is typically achieved when the ball is struck at a location on the striking face where the COR is greatest.
- the location where the COR is greatest is the same as the location of the CG projection on the striking surface. This location, however, is generally higher on the striking surface than the below center location of typical ball impacts during play. In contrast to these conventional golf clubs, it has been discovered that greater shot distance is achieved by configuring the golf club head to have a CG projection that is located near to the center of the striking surface of the golf club head.
- the coefficient of restitution of a golf club may be increased by increasing the height H ss of the face plate—illustrated in FIG. 1A as the distance 204 between the ground plane 210 and a plane 202 intersecting the top of the face plate—and/or by decreasing the thickness of the face plate of a golf club head.
- H ss of the face plate illustrated in FIG. 1A as the distance 204 between the ground plane 210 and a plane 202 intersecting the top of the face plate—and/or by decreasing the thickness of the face plate of a golf club head.
- increasing the face height may be considered undesirable because doing so will potentially cause an undesirable change to the mass properties of the golf club (e.g., center of gravity location) and to the golf club's appearance.
- USGA United States Golf Association
- a volume limitation of 460 cm 3 In general, volume is measured using the water displacement method.
- the USGA will fill any significant cavities in the sole or series of cavities which have a collective volume of greater than 15 cm 3 .
- a larger face area makes the golf club head more forgiving.
- higher moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis makes the golf club head more forgiving.
- a larger front to back dimension will generally increase moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis because mass is moved further from the center of gravity and the moment of inertia of a mass about a given axis is proportional to the square of the distance of the mass away from the axis.
- a larger front to back dimension will generally lead to a larger address area which inspires confidence in the golfer when s/he addresses the golf ball.
- a golf club head Characteristic Time can be described as a numerical characterization of the flexibility of a golf club head striking face.
- the CT may also vary at points distant from the center of the striking face, but may not vary greater than approximately 20% of the CT as measured at the center of the striking face.
- the CT values for the golf club heads described in the present application were calculated based on the method outlined in the USGA “Procedure for Measuring the Flexibility of a Golf Clubhead,” Revision 2.0, Mar. 25, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Specifically, the method described in the sections entitled “3. Summary of Method,” “5. Testing Apparatus Set-up and Preparation,” “6. Club Preparation and Mounting,” and “7. Club Testing” are exemplary sections that are relevant.
- the characteristic time is the time for the velocity to rise from 5% of a maximum velocity to 95% of the maximum velocity under the test set forth by the USGA as described above.
- FIGS. 1A-13 illustrate an exemplary golf club head 100 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- This exemplary embodiment of a golf club head provides increased COR by increasing or enhancing the perimeter flexibility of a face plate 111 of the golf club without necessarily increasing the height or decreasing the thickness of the face plate 111 . Additionally, it improves BP Up by positioning a significant amount of discretionary mass low and forward of the club head's center of gravity.
- FIG. 2A is a bottom perspective view of a golf club head 100 having a high COR.
- the golf club head 100 comprises a body 102 having a hosel 162 (best illustrated in FIGS. 1 , 12 , and 13 ), in which a golf club shaft may be inserted and secured to the golf club head 100 .
- a weight member 140 may be at least partially secured within a weight channel 130 and secured with a fastener 150 as further described below.
- the golf club head 100 defines a front end or face 104 , an opposed rear end 110 , heel side 106 , toe side 108 , lower side or sole 103 , and upper side or crown 109 (all embodiments disclosed herein share similar directional references).
- the front end 104 includes a face plate 111 ( FIG. 1A ) for striking a golf ball, which may be an integral part of the body 102 (e.g., the body 102 and face plate 111 may be cast as a single part), or may comprise a separate insert.
- the front end 104 can include a face opening (not shown) to receive a face plate 111 that is attached to the body by welding, braising, soldering, screws or other fastening means.
- a front channel 114 is formed in the sole 103 . As illustrated in FIG. 11 , the front channel 114 extends between a lip 113 formed below or behind the front ground contact surface 112 and the intermediate ground contact surface 116 into an interior cavity 122 of the golf club head 100 .
- the front channel 114 may comprise a slot that is raised up from the sole 103 , but does not extend fully into the interior cavity 112 .
- the slot or channel may be provided with a slot or channel insert (not shown) to prevent dirt, grass, or other elements from entering the interior cavity 122 of the body 102 or from getting lodged in the slot or channel.
- the front channel 114 extends in a toe-heel direction across the sole, with a heelward end near the hosel 162 and an opposite toeward end.
- the front channel can improve coefficient of restitution across the striking face and can provide increased forgiveness on off-center ball strikes.
- the presence of the front channel can expand zones of the highest COR across the face of the club, particularly at the bottom of the club face near the channel, so that a larger fraction of the face area has a COR above a desired value, especially at the lower regions of the face.
- More information regarding the construction and performance benefits of the front channel 114 and similar front channels can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,870,678; 9,707,457; and 9,700,763, and U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2016/0023063 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties, and various of the other publications that are incorporated by reference herein.
- a weight channel 130 is separated from and positioned rearward of the front channel 114 in a forward portion of the golf club head.
- the weight channel 130 is further described below.
- the body 102 can include a front ground contact surface 112 on the body forward of the front channel 114 adjacent the bottom of the face plate 111 .
- the body can also have an intermediate ground contact surface, or sit pad, 116 rearward of the front channel 114 .
- the intermediate ground contact surface 116 can have an elevation and curvature congruent with that of the front ground contact surface 112 .
- Some embodiments may not include a front channel or slot in which case the intermediate ground contact surface may extend to the bottom of the face plate 111 , thereby providing addition potential contact surface area.
- the body 102 can further comprise a downwardly extending rear sole surface 118 that extends around at least a portion of the perimeter of the rear end 110 of the body.
- the rear sole surface may comprise one or more visual markings 119 that may correspond to a visual weight position indicator 149 on a weight member 140 that may be positioned within weight channel 130 .
- the rear sole surface 118 can act as a ground contact or sit pad as well, having a curvature and elevation congruent with that of the front ground contact surface 112 and the intermediate ground contact surface 116 .
- the body 102 can further include a raised sole portion 160 that is recessed up from the rear sole surface 118 .
- the raised sole portion 160 can span over any portion of the sole 103 , and in the illustrated embodiment the raised sole portion 160 spans over most of the rearward portion of the sole.
- the sole 103 can include a sloped transition portion where the intermediate ground contact surface 116 transitions up to the raised sole portion 160 .
- the sole can also include other similar sloped portions (not shown), such as around the boundary of the raised sole portion 160 .
- one or more cantilevered ribs or struts can be included on the sole that span from the sloped transition portion to the raised sole portion 160 , to provide increased stiffness and rigidity to the sole.
- the raised sole portion 160 can optionally include grooves, channels, ridges, or other surface features that increase its rigidity.
- the intermediate ground contact surface 116 can include stiffening surface features, such as ridges, though grooves or other stiffening features can be substituted for the ridges.
- a sole such as the sole 103 of the golf club head 100 may be referred to as a two-tier construction, bi-level construction, raised sole construction, or dropped sole construction, in which one portion of the sole is raised or recessed relative to the other portion of the sole.
- the terms raised, lowered, recessed, dropped, etc. are relative terms depending on perspective.
- the intermediate ground contact surface 116 could be considered “raised” relative to the raised sole portion 160 and the weight channel 130 when the head is upside down with the sole facing upwardly as in FIG. 2A .
- the intermediate ground contact surface 116 portion can also be considered a “dropped sole” part of the sole, since it is located closer to the ground relative to the raised sole portion 160 and the weight channel 130 when the golf club head is in a normal address position with the sole facing the ground.
- the raised sole constructions described herein and in the incorporated references are counterintuitive because the raised portion of the sole tends to raise the Iyy position, which is sometimes considered disadvantageous.
- the raised sole portion 160 (and other raised sole portions disclosed herein) allows for a smaller radius of curvature for that portion of the sole (compared to a conventional sole without the raised sole portion) resulting in increased rigidity and better acoustic properties due to the increased stiffness from the geometry.
- This stiffness increase means fewer ribs or even no ribs are needed in that portion of the sole to achieve a desired first mode frequency, such as 3000 Hz or above, 3200 Hz or above, or even 3400 Hz or above. Fewer ribs provides a mass/weight savings, which allows for more discretionary mass that can be strategically placed elsewhere in the golf club head or incorporated into user adjustable movable weights.
- sloped transition portions around the raised sole portion 160 can provide additional structural support and additional rigidity for the golf club head, and can also modify and even fine tune the acoustic properties of the golf club head.
- the sound and modal frequencies emitted by the golf club head when it strikes a golf ball are very important to the sensory experience of a golfer and provide functional feedback as to where the ball impact occurs on the face (and whether the ball is well struck).
- the raised sole portion 160 can be made of a relatively thinner and/or less dense material compared to other portions of the sole and body that take more stress, such as the ground contact surfaces 112 , 116 , 118 , the face region, and the hosel region.
- the higher CG effect of raising that portion of the sole is mitigated while maintaining a stronger, heavier material on other portions of the sole and body to promote a lower CG and provide added strength in the area of the sole and body where it is most needed (e.g., in a sole region proximate to the hosel and around the face and shaft connection components where stress is higher).
- the body 102 can also include one or more internal ribs, such as ribs 192 , as best shown in FIG. 10 , that are integrally formed with or attached to the inner surfaces of the body.
- ribs can vary in size, shape, location, number and stiffness, and can be used strategically to reinforce or stiffen designated areas of the body's interior and/or fine tune acoustic properties of the golf club head.
- the center of gravity (CG) of a golf club head is the average location of the weight of the golf club head or the point at which the entire weight of the golf club-head may be considered as concentrated so that if supported at this point the head would remain in equilibrium in any position.
- a golf club head origin coordinate system can be defined such that the location of various features of the golf club head, including the CG, can be determined with respect to a golf club head origin positioned at the geometric center of the striking surface and when the club-head is at the normal address position (i.e., the club-head position wherein a vector normal to the club face substantially lies in a first vertical plane perpendicular to the ground plane, the centerline axis of the club shaft substantially lies in a second substantially vertical plane, and the first vertical plane and the second substantially vertical plane substantially perpendicularly intersect).
- the head origin coordinate system defined with respect to the head origin includes three axes: a head origin z-axis (or simply “z-axis”) extending through the head origin in a generally vertical direction relative to the ground; a head origin x-axis (or simply “x-axis”) extending through the head origin in a toe-to-heel direction generally parallel to the striking surface (e.g., generally tangential to the striking surface at the center) and generally perpendicular to the z-axis; and a head origin y-axis (or simply “y-axis”) extending through the head origin in a front-to-back direction and generally perpendicular to the x-axis and to the z-axis.
- a head origin z-axis or simply “z-axis”
- the x-axis and the y-axis both extend in generally horizontal directions relative to the ground when the golf club head is at the normal address position.
- the x-axis extends in a positive direction from the origin towards the heel of the golf club head.
- the y axis extends in a positive direction from the head origin towards the rear portion of the golf club head.
- the z-axis extends in a positive direction from the origin towards the crown.
- a CG that is located 3.2 mm from the head origin toward the toe of the golf club head along the x-axis, 36.7 mm from the head origin toward the rear of the clubhead along the y-axis, and 4.1 mm from the head origin toward the sole of the golf club head along the z-axis can be defined as having a CX x of ⁇ 3.2 mm, a CG y of +36.7 mm, and a CG z of ⁇ 4.1 mm.
- Delta 1 is a measure of how far rearward in the golf club head body the CG is located. More specifically, Delta 1 is the distance between the CG and the hosel axis along the y axis (in the direction straight toward the back of the body of the golf club face from the geometric center of the striking face). It has been observed that smaller values of Delta 1 result in lower projected CGs on the golf club head face. Thus, for embodiments of the disclosed golf club heads in which the projected CG on the ball striking club face is lower than the geometric center, reducing Delta 1 can lower the projected CG and increase the distance between the geometric center and the projected CG.
- a lower projected CG can promote a higher launch and a reduction in backspin due to the z-axis gear effect.
- the Delta 1 values are relatively low, thereby reducing the amount of backspin on the golf ball helping the golf ball obtain the desired high launch, low spin trajectory.
- Delta 2 is the distance between the CG and the hosel axis along the x axis (in the direction straight toward the back of the body of the golf club face from the geometric center of the striking face).
- Adjusting the location of the discretionary mass in a golf club head as described herein can provide the desired Delta 1 value.
- Delta 1 can be manipulated by varying the mass in front of the CG (closer to the face) with respect to the mass behind the CG. That is, by increasing the mass behind the CG with respect to the mass in front of the CG, Delta 1 can be increased. In a similar manner, by increasing the mass in front of the CG with the respect to the mass behind the CG, Delta 1 can be decreased.
- CG point 255 In addition to the position of the CG of a club-head with respect to the head origin another important property of a golf club-head is the projected CG point, e.g., projected CG point 255 discussed above.
- This projected CG point (also referred to as “CG Proj”) can also be referred to as the “zero-torque” point because it indicates the point on the ball striking club face that is centered with the CG.
- CG Proj also be referred to as the “zero-torque” point because it indicates the point on the ball striking club face that is centered with the CG.
- the golf club head will not twist about any axis of rotation since no torque is produced by the impact of the golf ball.
- a negative number for this property indicates that the projected CG point is below the geometric center of the face. So, in the exemplary golf club head illustrated in FIG.
- this property would be expected to have a negative value.
- this point can also be measured using a value (BP Up) that measures the distance of the CG point 255 from the ground plane 210 .
- the MOI of the club-head i.e., a resistance to twisting
- a CG z-axis extending through the CG in a generally vertical direction relative to the ground when the golf club head is at normal address position
- a CG x-axis extending through the CG origin in a toe-to-heel direction generally parallel to the striking surface (e.g., generally tangential to the striking surface at the club face center), and generally perpendicular to the CG z-axis
- a CG y-axis extending through the CG origin in a front-to-back direction and generally perpendicular to the CG x-axis and to the CG z-axis.
- the CG x-axis and the CG y-axis both extend in generally horizontal directions relative to the ground when the golf club head is at normal address position.
- the CG x-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin to the heel of the golf club head.
- the CG y-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin towards the rear portion of the golf club head.
- the CG z-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin towards the crown.
- the axes of the CG origin coordinate system are parallel to corresponding axes of the head origin coordinate system.
- the CG z-axis is parallel to the z-axis
- the CG x-axis is parallel to the x-axis
- CG y-axis is parallel to the y-axis.
- a golf club head has a moment of inertia about the vertical CG z-axis (“Izz”), a moment of inertia about the heel/toe CG x-axis (“Ixx”), and a moment of inertia about the front/back CG y-axis (“Iyy”).
- Izz the vertical CG z-axis
- Ixx the moment of inertia about the heel/toe CG x-axis
- Iyy moment of inertia about the front/back CG y-axis
- the MOI about the CG z-axis (Izz) and the CG x-axis (Ixx) is most relevant to golf club head forgiveness.
- Equation 1 A moment of inertia about the golf club head CG x-axis (Ixx) is calculated by the following Equation 1:
- y is the distance from a golf club head CG xz-plane to an infinitesimal mass dm and z is the distance from a golf club head CG xy-plane to the infinitesimal mass dm.
- the golf club head CG xz-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CG x-axis and the golf club head CG z-axis.
- the CG xy-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CGx-axis and the golf club head CG y-axis.
- Equation 2 a moment of inertia about the golf club head CG z-axis (Izz) is calculated by the following Equation 2:
- x is the distance from a golf club head CG yz-plane to an infinitesimal mass dm and y is the distance from the golf club head CG xz-plane to the infinitesimal mass dm.
- the golf club head CG yz-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CG y-axis and the golf club head CG z-axis.
- Zup means the CG z-axis location determined according to this above ground coordinate system. Zup generally refers to the height of the CG above the ground plane 210 as measured along the z-axis, which is illustrated, e.g., by Zup line 232 extending from the CG 230 illustrated in FIG. 1B .
- desired golf club head mass moments of inertia, golf club head center-of-gravity locations, and other mass properties of a golf club head can be attained by distributing golf club head mass to particular locations.
- Discretionary mass generally refers to the mass of material that can be removed from various structures providing mass that can be distributed elsewhere for tuning one or more mass moments of inertia and/or locating the golf club head center-of-gravity.
- Golf club head walls provide one source of discretionary mass.
- a reduction in wall thickness reduces the wall mass and provides mass that can be distributed elsewhere.
- Thin walls, particularly a thin crown 109 provide significant discretionary mass compared to conventional golf club heads.
- a golf club head made from an alloy of steel can achieve about 4 grams of discretionary mass for each 0.1 mm reduction in average crown thickness.
- a golf club head made from an alloy of titanium can achieve about 2.5 grams of discretionary mass for each 0.1 mm reduction in average crown thickness.
- Discretionary mass achieved using a thin crown e.g., less than about 0.65 mm, can be used to tune one or more mass moments of inertia and/or center-of-gravity location.
- a golf club head body 102 can be formed from an alloy of steel or an alloy of titanium.
- titanium casting please refer to U.S. Pat. No. 7,513,296, incorporated herein by reference.
- the thickness of the hosel 162 may be varied to provide for additional discretionary mass, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,731,176, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- golf club heads may have one or more integral mass pads (not shown in the illustrated embodiments) cast into the head at predetermined locations that can be used to lower, to move forward, to move rearward, or otherwise to adjust the location of the golf club head's center-of-gravity, as further described herein.
- epoxy can be added to the interior of the golf club head, such as through an epoxy port 115 (illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 8 ) in the golf club head to obtain a desired weight distribution.
- weights formed of high-density materials can be attached to the sole or other parts of a golf club head, as further described, for example, in co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No.
- weights can be attached in a manner which allows adjustment of certain mass properties of the golf club head.
- FIG. 2A illustrates positioning a weight member 140 within a weight channel 130 , as further described below.
- the golf club head 100 can optionally include a separate crown insert 168 that is secured to the body 102 , such as by applying a layer of epoxy adhesive 167 or other securement means, such as bolts, rivets, snap fit, other adhesives, or other joining methods or any combination thereof, to cover a large opening 190 (illustrated in FIG. 10 ) at the top and rear of the body, forming part of the crown 109 of the golf club head.
- the crown insert 168 covers a substantial portion of the crown's surface area as, for example, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70% or at least 80% of the crown's surface area.
- the crown's outer boundary generally terminates where the crown surface undergoes a significant change in radius of curvature, e.g., near where the crown transitions to the golf club head's sole 103 , hosel 162 , and front end 104 .
- the crown can be formed to have a recessed peripheral ledge or seat 170 to receive the crown insert 168 , such that the crown insert is either flush with the adjacent surfaces of the body to provide a smooth seamless outer surface or, alternatively, slightly recessed below the body surfaces.
- the front of the crown insert 168 can join with a front portion of the crown 109 on the body to form a continuous, arched crown extend forward to the face.
- a forwardmost portion of the recessed ledge can extend forward of a rearward-most portion of the hosel such that a first distance to the rearward-most portion of the hosel is greater than a second distance to the forwardmost portion of the recessed ledge as measured relative to the y-axis.
- the crown insert 168 can comprise any suitable material (e.g., lightweight composite and/or polymeric materials) and can be attached to the body in any suitable manner, as described in more detail elsewhere herein.
- a wood-type golf club head such as golf club head 100 and the other wood-type club heads disclosed herein have a volume, typically measured in cubic-centimeters (cm 3 ) equal to the volumetric displacement of the club head, assuming any apertures are sealed by a substantially planar surface. (See United States Golf Association “Procedure for Measuring the Club Head Size of Wood Clubs,” Revision 1.0, Nov. 21, 2003). In other words, for a golf club head with one or more weight ports within the head, it is assumed that the weight ports are either not present or are “covered” by regular, imaginary surfaces, such that the club head volume is not affected by the presence or absence of ports.
- the golf club head may have a volume between about 100 cm 3 and about 300 cm 3 , such as between about 150 cm 3 and about 250 cm 3 , or between about 130 cm 3 and about 190 cm 3 , or between about 125 cm 3 and about 240 cm 3 , and a total mass between about 125 g and about 260 g, or between about 200 g and about 250 g.
- the golf club head may have a volume between about 60 cm 3 and about 150 cm 3 , or between about 85 cm 3 and about 120 cm 3 , and a total mass between about 125 g and about 280 g, or between about 200 g and about 250 g.
- any of the disclosed golf club heads can have a volume between about 300 cm 3 and about 600 cm 3 , between about 350 cm 3 and about 600 cm 3 , and/or between about 350 cm 3 and about 500 cm 3 , and can have a total mass between about 145 g and about 260 g, such as between about 195 g and about 205 g.
- a comparatively forgiving golf club head for a fairway wood can combine an overall golf club head height (H ch )-illustrated in FIG. 1B as the distance 280 from a ground plane 210 to a parallel height plane 270 at a crown 109 of the golf club head 100- of less than about 46 mm and an above ground balance point (BP Up) between 10 and 25 mm, such as a BP Up of less than about 23 mm.
- H ch overall golf club head height
- BP Up above ground balance point
- Some examples of the golf club head provide a BP Up less than about 22 mm, less than about 21 mm, or less than about 20 mm.
- Zup may be between 10 and 20 mm, such as less than 17 mm, less than 16 mm, less than 15 mm, or less than 14 mm.
- Some examples of the golf club head provide a first crown height at a face-to-crown transition region where the face connects to the crown near a front end of the body, a second crown height at a crown-to-skirt transition region where the crown connects to a skirt of the golf club head near a rear end of the body, and a third crown height located rearward of the first crown height and forward of the second crown height and the third crown height is greater than both the first and second crown heights.
- the crown insert 168 can help overcome manufacturing challenges associated with conventional golf club heads having normal continuous crowns made of titanium or other metals, and can replace a relatively heavy component of the crown with a lighter material, freeing up discretionary mass which can be strategically allocated elsewhere within the golf club head.
- the crown may comprise a composite material, such as those described herein and in the incorporated disclosures, such as a composite material having a density of less than 2 grams per cubic centimeter.
- the material has a density of no more than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter, or a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter.
- Providing a lighter crown further provides the golf club head with additional discretionary mass, which can be used elsewhere within the golf club head to serve the purposes of the designer.
- additional ribs 192 can be strategically added to the hollow interior of the golf club head and thereby improve the acoustic properties of the head.
- Discretionary mass in the form of ribs, mass pads or other features also can be strategically located in the interior, or even on the exterior of the golf club head to shift the effective CG fore or aft, toeward or heelward or both (apart from any further CG adjustments made possible by adjustable weight features) or to improve desirable MOI characteristics, as further described herein.
- Methods of making any of the golf club heads disclosed herein, or associated golf clubs may include one or more of the following steps:
- a composite head component which is a weight track capable of supporting one or more slidable weights
- thermoplastic composite material having a matrix compatible for bonding with the weight track
- the sole insert and/or crown insert from a continuous fiber composite material having continuous fibers selected from the group consisting of glass fibers, aramide fibers, carbon fibers and any combination thereof, and having a thermoplastic matrix consisting of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamides, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, polyamide-amides (PAI), polyether amides (PEI), polyetheretherketones (PEEK), and any combinations thereof, wherein the sole insert is formed from a composite material having a density of less than 2 grams per cubic centimeter.
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- PAI polyamide-amides
- PEI polyether amides
- PEEK polyetheretherketones
- the material has a density of less than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter, or a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter and the sole insert has a thickness of from about 0.195 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 0.75 mm, more preferably from about 0.3 mm to about 0.65 mm, even more preferably from about 0.36 mm to about 0.56 mm;
- thermoplastic composite materials having a compatible matrix thermoplastic composite materials having a compatible matrix
- thermosetting material capable of being injection molded over the sole insert after the coating step
- forming the frame from a material selected from the group consisting of titanium, one or more titanium alloys, aluminum, one or more aluminum alloys, steel, one or more steel alloys, and any combination thereof;
- a composite head component from the group consisting of one or more ribs to reinforce the head, one or more ribs to tune acoustic properties of the head, one or more weight ports to receive a fixed weight in a sole portion of the club head, one or more weight tracks to receive a slidable weight, and combinations thereof;
- thermosetting using materials suitable for thermosetting, and coating the sole insert with a heat activated adhesive
- thermoplastic carbon fiber material having a matrix selected from the group consisting of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamides, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, polyamide-amides (PAI), polyether amides (PEI), polyetheretherketones (PEEK), and any combinations thereof;
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- PAI polyamide-amides
- PEI polyether amides
- PEEK polyetheretherketones
- the bodies of the golf club heads disclosed herein, and optionally other components of the club heads as well, serve as frames and may be made from a variety of different types of suitable materials.
- the body and/or other head components can be made of a metal material such as steel and steel alloys, a titanium or titanium alloy (including but not limited to 6-4 titanium, 3-2.5, 6-4, SP700, 15-3-3-3, 10-2-3, or other alpha/near alpha, alpha-beta, and beta/near beta titanium alloys), or aluminum and aluminum alloys (including but not limited to 3000 series alloys, 5000 series alloys, 6000 series alloys, such as 6061-T6, and 7000 series alloys, such as 7075).
- a metal material such as steel and steel alloys, a titanium or titanium alloy (including but not limited to 6-4 titanium, 3-2.5, 6-4, SP700, 15-3-3-3, 10-2-3, or other alpha/near alpha, alpha-beta, and beta/near beta titanium alloys), or aluminum
- the body may be formed by conventional casting, metal stamping or other known processes.
- the body also may be made of other metals as well as non-metals.
- the body can provide a framework or skeleton for the club head to strengthen the club head in areas of high stress caused by the golf ball's impact with the face, such as the transition region where the club head transitions from the face to the crown area, sole area and skirt area located between the sole and crown areas.
- the sole insert and/or crown insert of the club head may be made from a variety of composite materials and/or polymeric materials, such as from a thermoplastic material, preferably from a thermoplastic composite laminate material, and most preferably from a thermoplastic carbon composite laminate material.
- the composite material may comprise an injection moldable material, thermoformable material, thermoset composite material or other composite material suitable for golf club head applications.
- One exemplary material is a thermoplastic continuous carbon fiber composite laminate material having long, aligned carbon fibers in a PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) matrix or base.
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 manufactured by Lanxess.
- TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 is a high strength, lightweight material having multiple layers of continuous carbon fiber reinforcement in a PPS thermoplastic matrix or polymer to embed the fibers.
- the material may have a 54% fiber volume but other volumes (such as a volume of 42% to 57%) will suffice.
- the material weighs about 200 g/m 2 .
- TEPEX® DYNALITE 208 Another similar exemplary material which may be used for the crown insert and/or sole insert is TEPEX® DYNALITE 208. This material also has a carbon fiber volume range of 42% to 57%, including a 45% volume in one example, and a weight of 200 g/m 2 .
- DYNALITE 208 differs from DYNALITE 207 in that it has a TPU (thermoplastic polyurethane) matrix or base rather than a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) matrix.
- TPU thermoplastic polyurethane
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- the TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 sheet(s) are oriented in different directions, placed in a two-piece (male/female) matched die, heated past the melt temperature, and formed to shape when the die is closed.
- This process may be referred to as thermoforming and is especially well-suited for forming sole and crown inserts.
- the crown insert and/or sole insert are formed (separately) by the thermoforming process just described, each is cooled and removed from the matched die.
- the sole and crown inserts are shown as having a uniform thickness, which lends itself well to the thermoforming process and ease of manufacture. However, the sole and crown inserts may have a variable thickness to strengthen select local areas of the insert by, for example, adding additional plies in select areas to enhance durability, acoustic or other properties in those areas.
- a crown insert and/or sole insert can have a complex three-dimensional curvature corresponding generally to the crown and sole shapes of a fairway wood-type club head and specifically to the design specifications and dimensions of the particular head designed by the manufacturer. It will be appreciated that other types of club heads, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like may be manufactured using one or more of the principles, methods and materials described herein.
- the sole insert and/or crown insert can be made by a process other than thermoforming, such as injection molding or thermosetting.
- the sole insert and/or crown insert may be made from prepreg plies of woven or unidirectional composite fiber fabric (such as carbon fiber) that is preimpregnated with resin and hardener formulations that activate when heated.
- the prepreg plies are placed in a mold suitable for a thermosetting process, such as a compression mold, e.g., a metal matched compression mold, or a bladder mold, and stacked/oriented with the carbon or other fibers oriented in different directions.
- the plies are heated to activate the chemical reaction and form the sole (or crown) insert.
- Each insert is cooled and removed from its respective mold. Additional disclosure regarding methods of forming sole and/or crown inserts can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 9,579,549, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference.
- the carbon fiber reinforcement material for the thermoset sole/crown insert may be a carbon fiber known as “34-700” fiber, available from Grafil, Inc., of Sacramento, Calif., which has a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and tensile strength of 4500 Mpa (650 Ksi).
- Another suitable fiber, also available from Grafil, Inc. is a carbon fiber known as “TR50S” fiber which has a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and tensile strength of 4900 Mpa (710 Ksi).
- Exemplary epoxy resins for the prepreg plies used to form the thermoset crown and sole inserts are Newport 301 and 350 and are available from Newport Adhesives & Composites, Inc., of Irvine, Calif.
- the prepreg sheets have a quasi-isotropic fiber reinforcement of 34-700 fiber having an areal weight of about 70 g/m 2 and impregnated with an epoxy resin (e.g., Newport 301), resulting in a resin content (R/C) of about 40%.
- the primary composition of a prepreg sheet can be specified in abbreviated form by identifying its fiber areal weight, type of fiber, e.g., 70 FAW 34-700.
- the abbreviated form can further identify the resin system and resin content, e.g., 70 FAW 34-700/301, R/C 40%.
- the sole insert and crown insert can be joined to the body in a manner that creates a strong integrated construction adapted to withstand normal stress, loading and wear and tear expected of commercial golf clubs.
- the sole insert and crown insert each may be bonded to the frame using epoxy adhesive, such as an adhesive applied between an interior surface of each respective insert and a corresponding exterior surface of the body, with the crown insert seated in and overlying the crown opening and the sole insert seated in and overlying the sole opening.
- a sole insert or crown insert may be attached inside an internal cavity of the body and then subsequently attached by securing an exterior surface of the insert to an interior surface of the body.
- Alternative attachment methods for bonding an insert to either an internal or an external surface of the body include bolts, rivets, snap fit, adhesives, other known joining methods or any combination thereof.
- Exemplary polymers for the embodiments described herein may include without limitation, synthetic and natural rubbers, thermoset polymers such as thermoset polyurethanes or thermoset polyureas, as well as thermoplastic polymers including thermoplastic elastomers such as thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, metallocene catalyzed polymer, unimodalethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, polyamides (PA), polyketones (PK), copolyamides, polyesters, copolyesters, polycarbonates, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cyclic olefin copolymers (COC), polyolefins, halogenated polyolefins [e.g., synthetic and natural rubbers, thermoset polymers
- CPE chlorinated polyethylene
- halogenated polyalkylene compounds polyalkenamer, polyphenylene oxides, polyphenylene sulfides, diallylphthalate polymers, polyimides, polyvinyl chlorides, polyamide-ionomers, polyurethane ionomers, polyvinyl alcohols, polyarylates, polyacrylates, polyphenylene ethers, impact-modified polyphenylene ethers, polystyrenes, high impact polystyrenes, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, styrene-acrylonitriles (SAN), acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylonitriles, styrene-maleic anhydride (S/MA) polymers, styrenic block copolymers including styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS), styrene-ethylene-butylene-styren
- polyamides PA
- polyphthalimide PPA
- polyketones PPS
- copolyamides polyesters, copolyesters, polycarbonates, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cyclic olefin copolymers (COC), polyphenylene oxides, diallylphthalate polymers, polyarylates, polyacrylates, polyphenylene ethers, and impact-modified polyphenylene ethers.
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- COC cyclic olefin copolymers
- polyphenylene oxides diallylphthalate polymers
- polyarylates polyacrylates
- polyphenylene ethers polyphenylene ethers
- impact-modified polyphenylene ethers Especially preferred polymers for use in the golf club heads of the present invention are the family of so called high performance engineering thermoplastics which are known for their toughness and stability at high temperatures. These polymers include the polysulfones, the polyetherimides
- Aromatic polysulfones are a family of polymers produced from the condensation polymerization of 4,4′-dichlorodiphenylsulfone with itself or one or more dihydric phenols.
- the aromatic polysulfones include the thermoplastics sometimes called polyether sulfones, and the general structure of their repeating unit has a diaryl sulfone structure which may be represented as -arylene-SO 2 -arylene-. These units may be linked to one another by carbon-to-carbon bonds, carbon-oxygen-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur-carbon bonds, or via a short alkylene linkage, so as to form a thermally stable thermoplastic polymer.
- Polymers in this family are completely amorphous, exhibit high glass-transition temperatures, and offer high strength and stiffness properties even at high temperatures, making them useful for demanding engineering applications.
- the polymers also possess good ductility and toughness and are transparent in their natural state by virtue of their fully amorphous nature. Additional key attributes include resistance to hydrolysis by hot water/steam and excellent resistance to acids and bases.
- the polysulfones are fully thermoplastic, allowing fabrication by most standard methods such as injection molding, extrusion, and thermoforming. They also enjoy a broad range of high temperature engineering uses.
- PSU polysulfone
- PES Polyethersulfone
- PESU Polyethersulfone
- aromatic polysulfones are those comprised of repeating units of the structure —C 6 H 4 SO 2 —C 6 H 4 —O—where C 6 H 4 represents an m- or p-phenylene structure.
- the polymer chain can also comprise repeating units such as —C 6 H 4 —, C 6 H 4 —O—, —C 6 H 4 —(lower-alkylene)-C 6 H 4 —O—, —C 6 H 4 —O—C 6 H 4 —O—, —C 6 H 4 —S—C 6 H 4 —O— and other thermally stable substantially-aromatic difunctional groups known in the art of engineering thermoplastics.
- modified polysulfones where the individual aromatic rings are further substituted in one or substituents including
- R is independently at each occurrence, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group or a combination thereof.
- the halogen atom includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
- the hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a C 1 -C 20 alkyl group, a C 2 -C 20 alkenyl group, a C 3 -C 20 cycloalkyl group, a C 3 -C 20 cycloalkenyl group, and a C 6 -C 20 aromatic hydrocarbon group. These hydrocarbon groups may be partly substituted by a halogen atom or atoms, or may be partly substituted by a polar group or groups other than the halogen atom or atoms.
- C 1 -C 20 alkyl group there can be mentioned methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, amyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl and dodecyl groups.
- C 2 -C 20 alkenyl group there can be mentioned propenyl, isopropepyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyland hexenyl groups.
- C 3 -C 20 cycloalkyl group there can be mentionedcyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups.
- C 3 -C 20 cycloalkenyl group there can be mentioned cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl groups.
- aromatic hydrocarbon group there can be mentioned phenyl and naphthyl groups or a combination thereof.
- Individual preferred polymers include, the polysulfone made by condensation polymerization of bisphenol A and 4,4′-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone in the presence of base, and having the main repeating structure
- PPSF polyether sulfone
- polyether sulfone sold under the tradenames Ultrason® E, LNPTM, Veradel®PESU, Sumikaexce, and VICTREX® resin, and any and all combinations thereof.
- a composite material such as a carbon composite, made of a composite including multiple plies or layers of a fibrous material (e.g., graphite, or carbon fiber including turbostratic or graphitic carbon fiber or a hybrid structure with both graphitic and turbostratic parts present.
- a fibrous material e.g., graphite, or carbon fiber including turbostratic or graphitic carbon fiber or a hybrid structure with both graphitic and turbostratic parts present.
- the composite material may be manufactured according to the methods described at least in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2008/0149267, the entire contents of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- short or long fiber-reinforced formulations of the previously referenced polymers include a Nylon 6/6 polyamide formulation which is 30% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 285.
- the material has a Tensile Strength of 35000 psi (241 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a Tensile Elongation of 2.0-3.0% as measured by ASTM D 638; a Tensile Modulus of 3.30 ⁇ 10 6 psi (22754 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a Flexural Strength of 50000 psi ( 345 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790; and a Flexural Modulus of 2.60 ⁇ 10 6 psi (17927 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790.
- PPA polyphthalamide
- RTP 4087 UP polyphthalamide
- This material has a Tensile Strength of 360 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.4% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 41500 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 580 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 34500 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- PPS polyphenylene sulfide
- RTP 1385 UP polyphenylene sulfide
- This material has a Tensile Strength of 255 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.3% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 28500 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 385 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 23,000 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- PSU polysulfone
- RTP 983 a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 20% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 983.
- This material has a Tensile Strength of 124 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 2% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 11032 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 186 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 9653 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- PSU polysulfone
- RTP 985 a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 30% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 985.
- This material has a Tensile Strength of 138 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.2% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 20685 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 193 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 12411 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- PSU polysulfone
- RTP 987 a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 40% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 987.
- This material has a Tensile Strength of 155 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 24132 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 241 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 19306 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- the crown or outer shell of the golf club head 100 may be made of a composite material, such as, for example, a carbon fiber reinforced epoxy, carbon fiber reinforced polymer, or a polymer.
- a composite material such as, for example, a carbon fiber reinforced epoxy, carbon fiber reinforced polymer, or a polymer.
- U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2004/0116207 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,969,326, also incorporated by reference herein in their entirety describe golf club heads with lightweight crowns.
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/974,437 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,591), also incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, describes golf club heads with lightweight crowns and soles.
- composite materials used to construct the crown and/or sole insert should exhibit high strength and rigidity over a broad temperature range as well as good wear and abrasion behavior and be resistant to stress cracking.
- Such properties include (1) a Tensile Strength at room temperature of from about 7 ksi to about 330 ksi, preferably of from about 8 ksi to about 305 ksi, more preferably of from about 200 ksi to about 300 ksi, even more preferably of from about 250 ksi to about 300 ksi (as measured by ASTM D 638 and/or ASTM D 3039); (2) a Tensile Modulus at room temperature of from about 0.4 Msi to about 23 Msi, preferably of from about 0.46 Msi to about 21 Msi, more preferably of from about 0.46 Msi to about 19 Msi (as measured by ASTM D 638 and/or ASTM D 3039); (3) a Flexural Strength at room temperature of from about 13 ksi to about 300
- composite materials that are useful for making club-head components comprise a fiber portion and a resin portion.
- the resin portion serves as a “matrix” in which the fibers are embedded in a defined manner.
- the fiber portion is configured as multiple fibrous layers or plies that are impregnated with the resin component.
- the fibers in each layer have a respective orientation, which is typically different from one layer to the next and precisely controlled.
- the usual number of layers for a striking face is substantial, e.g., forty or more. However, for a sole or crown, the number of layers can be substantially decreased to, e.g., three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, examples of which will be provided below.
- the layers (each comprising respectively oriented fibers impregnated in uncured or partially cured resin; each such layer being called a “prepreg” layer) are placed superposedly in a “lay-up” manner. After forming the prepreg lay-up, the resin is cured to a rigid condition. If interested a specific strength may be calculated by dividing the tensile strength by the density of the material. This is also known as the strength-to-weight ratio or strength/weight ratio.
- FAW fiber areal weight
- Crown and/or sole panels may be formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m 2 and 200 g/m 2 and a density between about 1 g/cc and 2 g/cc.
- a particularly suitable fibrous material for use in making prepreg plies is carbon fiber, as noted. More than one fibrous material can be used. In other embodiments, however, prepreg plies having FAW values below 70 g/m 2 and above 100 g/m 2 may be used. Generally, cost is the primary prohibitive factor in prepreg plies having FAW values below 70 g/m 2 .
- multiple low-FAW prepreg plies can be stacked and still have a relatively uniform distribution of fiber across the thickness of the stacked plies.
- stacked plies of prepreg materials having a higher FAW tend to have more significant resin-rich regions, particularly at the interfaces of adjacent plies, than stacked plies of low-FAW materials. Resin-rich regions tend to reduce the efficacy of the fiber reinforcement, particularly since the force resulting from golf-ball impact is generally transverse to the orientation of the fibers of the fiber reinforcement.
- the prepreg plies used to form the panels desirably comprise carbon fibers impregnated with a suitable resin, such as epoxy.
- An example carbon fiber is “34-700” carbon fiber (available from Grafil, Sacramento, Calif.), having a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4500 Mpa (650 Ksi).
- Another Grafil fiber that can be used is “TR50S” carbon fiber, which has a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4900 Mpa (710 ksi).
- Suitable epoxy resins are types “ 301 ” and “ 350 ” (available from Newport Adhesives and Composites, Irvine, Calif.).
- An exemplary resin content (R/C) is between 33% and 40%, preferably between 35% and 40%, more preferably between 36% and 38%.
- Some of the embodiments of the golf club head 100 discussed throughout this application may include a separate crown, sole, and/or face that may be a composite, such as, for example, a carbon fiber reinforced epoxy, carbon fiber reinforced polymer, or a polymer crown, sole, and/or face.
- the crown, sole, and/or face may be made from a less dense material, such as, for example, Titanium or Aluminum.
- a portion of the crown may be cast from either steel ( ⁇ 7.8-8.05 g/cm 3 ) or titanium ( ⁇ 4.43 g/cm 3 ) while a majority of the crown may be made from a less dense material, such as for example, a material having a density of about 1.5 g/cm 3 or some other material having a density less than about 4.43g/cm 3 .
- the crown could be some other metal or a composite.
- the face may be welded in place rather than cast as part of the sole.
- the crown, sole, and/or face out of a less dense material it may allow for weight to be redistributed from the crown, sole, and/or face to other areas of the club head, such as, for example, low and forward and/or low and back. Both low and forward and low and back may be possible for club heads incorporating a front to back sliding weight track.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,163,119 discloses composite articles and methods for making composite articles, which disclosure is incorporated by reference herein in the entirety.
- U.S. Pat. Nos. 9,452,325 and 7,279,963 disclose various composite crown constructions that may be used for golf club heads, which disclosures are also incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- the techniques and layups described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,163,119; 9,452,325; and 7,279,963, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, may be employed for constructing a composite crown panel, composite sole panel, composite toe panel located on the sole, and/or composite heel panel located on the sole.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,163,119 discloses the usual number of layers for a striking plate is substantial, e.g., fifty or more. However, improvements have been made in the art such that the layers may be decreased to between 30 and 50 layers. Additionally, for a panel located on the sole and/or crown the layers can be substantially decreased down to three, four, five, six, seven, or more layers.
- Table 1 below provides examples of possible layups. These layups show possible crown and/or sole construction using unidirectional plies unless noted as woven plies. The construction shown is for a quasi-isotropic layup.
- a single layer ply has a thickness ranging from about 0.065 mm to about 0.080 mm for a standard FAW of 70 g/m 2 with about 36% to about 40% resin content, however the crown and/or sole panels may be formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m 2 and 200 g/m 2 .
- the thickness of each individual ply may be altered by adjusting either the FAW or the resin content, and therefore the thickness of the entire layup may be altered by adjusting these parameters.
- the Area Weight (AW) is calculated by multiplying the density times the thickness.
- the density is about 1.5 g/cm3 and for titanium the density is about 4.5 g/cm3.
- the composite crown and/or sole thickness ranges from about 0.195 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 0.75 mm, more preferably from about 0.3 mm to about 0.65 mm, even more preferably from about 0.36 mm to about 0.56 mm. It should be understood that although these ranges are given for both the crown and sole together it does not necessarily mean the crown and sole will have the same thickness or be made from the same materials.
- the sole may be made from either a titanium alloy or a steel alloy.
- the main body of the golf club head 100 may be made from either a titanium alloy or a steel alloy.
- the titanium will typically range from 0.4 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from 0.4 mm to about 0.8 mm, more preferably from 0.4 mm to about 0.7 mm, even more preferably from 0.45 mm to about 0.6 mm.
- the crown and/or sole may have non-uniform thickness, such as, for example varying the thickness between about 0.45 mm and about 0.55 mm.
- a lot of discretionary mass may be freed up by using composite material in the crown and/or sole especially when combined with thin walled titanium construction (0.4 mm to 0.9 mm) in other parts of the golf club head 10 .
- the thin walled titanium construction increases the manufacturing difficulty and ultimately fewer parts are cast at a time.
- 100+ golf club heads could be cast at a single time, however due to the thinner wall construction fewer golf club heads are cast per cluster to achieve the desired combination of high yield and low material usage.
- An important strategy for obtaining more discretionary mass is to reduce the wall thickness of the golf club head 10 .
- the thickness of the crown is typically about 0.8 mm, and the mass of the crown is about 36 g.
- reducing the wall thickness by 0.2 mm e.g., from 1 mm to 0.8 mm
- reducing the material thickness to about 0.73 mm yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 25.0 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown.
- reducing the material thickness to about 0.73 mm yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 25 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown or 34 g over a 1.0 mm titanium-alloy crown.
- a 0.6 mm composite crown yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 27 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown.
- a 0.4 mm composite crown yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 30 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown.
- the crown can be made even thinner yet to achieve even greater weight savings, for example, about 0.32 mm thick, about 0.26 mm thick, about 0.195 mm thick.
- the crown thickness must be balanced with the overall durability of the crown during normal use and misuse. For example, an unprotected crown i.e. one without a head cover could potentially be damaged from colliding with other woods or irons in a golf bag.
- any of the embodiments disclosed herein may have a crown or sole insert formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m 2 and 200 g/m 2 , preferably between 50 g/m 2 and 100 g/m 2 , the weight of the composite crown being at least 20% less than the weight of a similar sized piece formed of the metal of the body.
- the composite crown may be formed of at least four plies of uni-tape standard modulus graphite, the plies of uni-tape oriented at any combination of 0° (forward to rearward of the club head), +45°, ⁇ 45° and 90° (heelward to toeward of the golf club head).
- the crown may include an outermost layer of a woven graphite cloth.
- Carbon crown panels or inserts or carbon sole panels as disclosed herein and in the incorporated applications may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein, and may have a thickness between 0.40 mm to 1.0 mm, preferably 0.40 mm to 0.80 mm, more preferably 0.40 mm to 0.65 mm, and a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter, though other thicknesses and densities are also possible.
- One potential embodiment of a carbon sole panel that may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein weighs between 1.0 grams and 5.0 grams, such as between 1.25 grams and 2.75 grams, such as between 3.0 grams and 4.5 grams. In other embodiments, the carbon sole panel may weigh less than 3.0 grams, such as less than 2.5 grams, such as less than 2.0 grams, such as less than 1.75 grams.
- the carbon sole panel may have a surface area of at least 1250 mm 2 , 1500 mm 2 , 1750 mm 2 , or 2000 mm 2 .
- One potential embodiment of a carbon crown panel that may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein weighs between 3.0 grams and 8.0 grams, such as between 3.5 grams and 7.0 grams, such as between 3.5 grams and 7.0 grams. In other embodiments, the carbon crown panel may weigh less than 7.0 grams, such as less than 6.5 grams, such as less than 6.0 grams, such as less than 5.5 grams, such as less than 5.0 grams, such as less than 4.5 grams.
- the carbon crown panel may have a surface area of at least 3000 mm 2 , 3500 mm 2 , 3750 mm 2 , 4000 mm 2 .
- FIG. 2A illustrates one embodiment of a COR feature in combination with a sliding weight track. Similar features are shown in the other embodiments. While the illustrated embodiments may only have a COR feature and a sliding weight track, other embodiments may have a COR feature, a sliding weight track, and an adjustable lodensift/lie feature or some other combination of features.
- the COR feature may have a certain length L (which may be measured as the distance between toeward end and heelward end of the front channel 114 ), width W (e.g., the measurement from a forward edge to a rearward edge of the front channel 114 ), and offset distance OS from the front end, or face 104 (e.g., the distance between the face 104 and the forward edge of front channel 114 , also shown in FIG. 4 as the width of the front ground contact surface 112 between the face plate 111 and the front channel 114 ).
- L which may be measured as the distance between toeward end and heelward end of the front channel 114
- width W e.g., the measurement from a forward edge to a rearward edge of the front channel 114
- offset distance OS from the front end, or face 104 e.g., the distance between the face 104 and the forward edge of front channel 114 , also shown in FIG. 4 as the width of the front ground contact surface 112 between the face plate 111 and the front channel 114
- the COR feature length L and the offset distance OS from the face play an important role in managing the stress which impacts durability, the sound or first mode frequency of the club head, and the COR value of the club head. All of these parameters play an important role in the overall club head performance and user perception.
- a ratio of COR feature length to the offset distance may be preferably greater than 4, and even more preferably greater than 5, and most preferably greater than 5.5.
- the ratio of COR feature length to offset distance also has an upper limit and is preferably less than 15, and even more preferably less than 14, and most preferably less than 13.5.
- the offset distance from the face would preferably be less than 7.5 mm, and even more preferably 6 mm or less from the face.
- the offset distance is highly dependent on the slot length. As slot length increases so do the stresses in the club head, as a result the offset distance must be increased to manage stress. Additionally, as slot length increases the first mode frequency is negatively impacted.
- weight channel 130 may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction, which may be bounded by a curved forward edge 132 opposing a curved rearward edge 134 .
- Forward edge 132 may comprise an outer arc of the weight channel 130 that extends at least or (as illustrated) greater than half the width of the golf club head, which the USGA defines in “United States Golf Association and R&A Rules Limited PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING THE CLUB HEAD SIZE OF WOOD CLUBS,” USGA-TPX3003, Revision 1.0.0, Nov.
- the forward edge 132 may comprise an outer arc of the weight channel 130 that extends at least or (as illustrated) greater than half the depth of the golf club head, as measured from the face 104 of the golf club head to a trailing edge at the rear end 110 of the golf club head.
- the weight channel may curve rearwardly away from the face 104 to a heelward end 136 and a toeward end 138 , respectively.
- the weight channel may extend in a primarily linear direction, such as in a heel-toe direction or in a forward-rearward direction. In still other embodiments, the weight channel may extend in a curved arc along either a toe side or a heel side of the golf club head. While in the examples shown in FIGS. 2-16 , the weight channel is shown as being positioned in the forward portion of the golf club head, in other embodiments (as shown in FIGS. 17-18 ), the weight channel may be positioned in a rearward portion of the golf club head, as further described below.
- the rearward edge 134 of the weight channel may drop down to a lower channel surface 131 that is raised up from the sole of the golf club.
- Lower channel surface 131 may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from the sole 103 of the golf club head, so that the weight channel 130 may be deeper at the forward edge 132 than it is at the rearward edge 134 .
- one or more cantilevered ribs or struts 192 may be provided within the interior cavity 122 of the golf club head on the underside of the weight channel 130 to support and provide rigidity to the weight channel 130 . As illustrated in FIG.
- projections such as parallel ribbed projections 172 may be provided on the lower channel surface 131 of the weight channel 130 , such as at the forward edge 132 , to interact with corresponding ribbed weight projections 182 on a mating surface of the weight member 140 to better hold the weight member 140 in a desired position when a fastener 150 is tightened to secure the weight member 140 .
- a rear weight channel ledge 174 may protrude up and out from the lower channel surface 131 and run parallel to the rearward edge 134 of the weight channel 130 , to engage a corresponding recessed ledge portion 184 on a surface of the weight member 140 , as further described below.
- an indentation 176 may be formed within the rearward edge 134 of the weight channel 130 and configured for at least partially containing a material for damping the weight member 140 .
- a material for damping the weight member 140 is a layer of compressible foam, such as PORON® foam, though other materials, such as or a SORB OTHANE®, or PORON®, polyurethane foam material, thermoplastic elastomer or other appropriate damping materials may be used.
- this compressible material may comprise an elastically compressible material that can be compressed down to, e.g., less than 90% of its original uncompressed thickness, down to less than 50% of its original uncompressed thickness, down to less than 20% of its original uncompressed thickness, or, in particular embodiments, down to less than 10% of its original uncompressed thickness, while typically being able to rebound substantially to its uncompressed thickness upon removal of a compression force.
- the material may be compressed down to less than 50% of its original uncompressed thickness when a compression force is applied and rebound to more than 90% of its original uncompressed thickness upon removal of the compression force.
- the following table provides examples A-I showing an example initial uncompressed material depth, a final compressed material depth, the delta between the uncompressed and compressed material depths, and the percent the material was compressed.
- an uncompressed depth of 1.5 mm is used, however this is purely an example and several other depths could be used for the compressible material within indentation 176 , ranging from about 0.25 mm to about 5 mm, preferably from about 0.5 mm to about 3.5 mm, more preferably from about 0.8 mm to about 2.0 mm depending on the application.
- the percent the material is compressed is calculated by subtracting the initial uncompressed thickness from the final compressed thickness, dividing the result by the initial uncompressed shim thickness, and finally multiplying by 100 percent. See Equation 3 below for further clarification.
- the equation yields a negative percent change because the shim is being compressed i.e. the final thickness is less than the uncompressed shim thickness.
- the percent change could also be expressed as an absolute percent change along with the word compression or tension to indicate the sign. In tensions the sign is positive and in compression the sign is negative. For example, a material that is compressed at least 10% is the same as a shim that has a percent change of at least ⁇ 10%.
- the fastener port 152 may be configured to receive a fastener 150 .
- fastener port 152 may be threaded so that fastener 150 can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position, weight member 140 , as further described herein.
- the fastener may comprise a head 151 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body 153 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port 152 to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 150 .
- the fastener port 152 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, such as described below, or which may comprise removable weights or weight assemblies, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
- fastener port 152 may be angled diagonally so that the fastener 150 is angled away from the front end 104 of the golf club head, and the fastener port is forward of a head 151 of the fastener, which may provide a more secure attachment by “sandwiching” the portion of the weight member 140 likely to have the greatest mass between the forward edge 132 of the weight channel 130 and the fastener 150 .
- weight channel 130 is configured to define a path 137 for and to at least partially contain an adjustable weight member 140 (best illustrated in FIG. 9A ) that is both configured to translate along the path 137 defined by the weight channel 130 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 130 by a fastener 150 .
- the path 137 may comprise a path dimension representing a distance of travel for the weight member 140 , wherein the distance comprises the distance between a first end of the path proximate to a first end of the channel (e.g., heelward end 136 ) and a second path end positioned proximate to a second end of the channel (e.g., toeward end 138 ).
- Fastener 150 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fastener 150 may extend through an elongated weight slot 154 passing through the body of the weight member 140 .
- Weight slot 154 may extend through weight member 140 from a lower surface 141 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 103 —and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface 145 of the weight member that is positioned against the lower channel surface 131 of the weight channel and into a fastener port 152 in the weight channel 130 .
- the weight member 140 is positioned within the weight channel 130 and entirely external to the interior cavity 122 , and (as illustrated in FIGS.
- the weight member may have a greater height at the forward side 142 than at a rearward side 144 , and may taper down from the forward side 142 to the rearward side 144 .
- the weight member 140 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to the forward side 142 than to the rearward side 144 .
- the weight member may comprise two or more stepped portions, such as a first “higher” step portion nearer the forward side of the weight member having a first height, and a second “lower” step portion adjacent the rearward side having a second height that is smaller than the first height. Additional “steps” may also be used to move from the height at the forward portion to the height at the rearward portion.
- the second stepped portion may comprise a chamfered edge positioned in the upper surface 145 at the rearward side 144 of the weight member, which is configured to form a recessed ledge portion 184 to engage a corresponding rear weight channel ledge 174 on the weight channel 130 . As illustrated in FIG.
- an indentation 186 may be provided within the shelf within which a damping material, such as a polymeric pad (or other suitable material, such as the damping material described above with regard to indentation 176 ) may be provided to position between the weight member 140 and the body of the golf club head 100 , such as between the recessed ledge portion 184 and the rear weight channel ledge 174 .
- a damping material such as a polymeric pad (or other suitable material, such as the damping material described above with regard to indentation 176 ) may be provided to position between the weight member 140 and the body of the golf club head 100 , such as between the recessed ledge portion 184 and the rear weight channel ledge 174 .
- the weight member 140 which may comprise a steel weight member or other suitable material, has a length 147 (as illustrated in FIG. 9A ) that extends parallel to the path 137 along which the weight member translates, measured from a heelward end 146 to a toeward end 148 of the weight member 140 . While in the illustrated example, length 147 is an arc, length 147 may be measured as either an arc or a straight line, as appropriate to the particular shape of the weight member 140 and the path 137 .
- the length of the weight member 140 in the illustrated example is at least 50 percent of the length of the path 137 , and in some instances may be at least 70 percent of the length of the path 137 . As shown in FIG.
- the ends of the weight member may be cantilevered, so that the heelward end 146 and toeward end 148 of an upper portion of the weight member adjacent the lower channel surface 131 of the weight channel are parallel to the heelward end 136 and toeward end 146 , respectively, of the weight channel, while the heelward end 146 and toeward end 148 of a lower portion of the weight member that extends from the upper portion of the weight member up towards the sole 103 may be angled away from the heelward end 136 and toeward end 138 , respectively, of the weight channel 130 .
- the weight slot 154 may comprise an elongated slot that runs a substantial portion of the length of the weight member parallel to the rearward edge 144 of the weight member 140 from a heelward end 156 to a toeward end 158 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge 155 to support the head 151 of a fastener 150 .
- the fastener 150 When tightened, the fastener 150 retains the weight member 140 in place.
- the fastener When fastener 150 is loosened, the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 152 , while the position of the weight member 140 may be adjusted.
- weight member 140 may be translated laterally along the path 137 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- Adjusting the weight member from a first position that is closer to a heelward end 136 of the weight channel 130 to a second position that is closer to a toeward end 138 of the weight channel may provide a CX x movement of at least 3 mm.
- CGx movement may exceed 4 mm, or in even more specific instances, CX x movement may exceed 5 mm.
- the weight is moving along the path 137 in an arc about a center axis of curvature 159 (illustrated in FIG. 9A ), which is situated rearward of the golf club head's face 104 .
- the center axis of curvature may be positioned rearward of the weight channel 130 itself, and in some instances, the center axis of curvature 159 may be rearward of a center of gravity of the golf club head.
- the weight member is configured to move around the center axis of curvature 159 in an arc of less than 180 degrees, but may in particular embodiments move in an arc of less than 90 degrees, such as in an arc of between 5 degrees and 90 degrees, or between 10 degrees and 30 degrees, or between 15 degrees and 45 degrees, or may not move in an arc at all, but simply translate linearly. It is to be understood that in the illustrated embodiment the center axis of curvature 159 is not collocated with the position of the fastener.
- Ribbed weight projections 182 may be provided on the lower surface 145 of the weight member 140 , such as adjacent to the forward edge 142 , to interact with corresponding parallel ribbed projections 172 on a mating surface of the weight channel 130 to better hold weight member 140 in any of a number of selectable positions which may be selected by translating weight member 140 heelward or toeward (in the illustrated example) along the path of the weight channel 130 until a desired position is achieved. In some instances, five or more such positions may be provided. In other embodiments, ten or more such positions are provided.
- Weight member may also be configured with a visual weight position indicator 149 which may be aligned with visual markings 119 on the sole 103 of the golf club head to indicate the relative position of the weight member 140 along the path of the weight channel 130 . Once the desired position is achieved, fastener 150 may be tightened to secure the weight member 140 in place.
- the weight member may have a mass that is between 10 to 80 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 30 grams, above 40 grams, above 50 grams, or above 60 grams.
- the weight member 140 may comprise at least 25 percent of a total mass of the golf club head 100 . In particular cases, the weight member 140 may comprise at least 30 percent of the total mass of the golf club head 100 .
- the golf club head 100 can optionally include a separate crown insert 168 that is secured to the body 102 , such as by applying a layer of epoxy adhesive 167 or other securement means, such as bolts, rivets, snap fit, other adhesives, or other joining methods or any combination thereof, to cover a large opening 190 at the top and rear of the body, forming part of the crown 109 of the golf club head.
- the crown insert 168 covers a substantial portion of the crown's surface area as, for example, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70% or at least 80% of the crown's surface area.
- the crown's outer boundary generally terminates where the crown surface undergoes a significant change in radius of curvature, e.g., near where the crown transitions to the golf club head's sole 103 , hosel 162 , and front end 104 .
- the crown opening 190 can be formed to have a recessed peripheral ledge or seat 170 to receive the crown insert 168 , such that the crown insert is either flush with the adjacent surfaces of the body to provide a smooth seamless outer surface or, alternatively, slightly recessed below the body surfaces.
- the front of the crown insert 168 can join with a front portion of the crown 109 on the body 102 to form a continuous, arched crown extend forward to the face.
- the crown insert 168 can comprise any suitable material, and can be attached to the body in any suitable manner, as described in more detail herein.
- the golf club head's hosel 162 further provides a shaft connection assembly 300 that allows the shaft to be easily disconnected from the golf club head, and that may provide the ability for the user to selectively adjust a and/or lie-angle of the golf club.
- the hosel 162 defines a hosel bore 163 , which in turn is adapted to receive a hosel insert 164 .
- the hosel bore 163 is also adapted to receive a shaft sleeve 302 mounted on the lower end portion of a shaft, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,303,431.
- a recessed port 166 is provided on the sole 103 , and extends from the sole 103 into the interior cavity 122 of the body 102 toward the hosel 162 , and in particular the hosel bore 163 .
- the hosel bore 163 extends from the hosel 162 through the golf club head and opens within the recessed port 166 at the sole 103 of the golf club head 100 .
- the golf club head is removably attached to the shaft by shaft sleeve 302 (which is mounted to the lower end portion of a golf club shaft (not shown)) by inserting the shaft sleeve 302 into the hosel bore 163 and a hosel insert 164 (which is mounted inside the hosel bore 163 ), and inserting a screw 310 (or other suitable fixation device) upwardly through a recessed port 166 in the sole 103 and, in the illustrated embodiment, tightening the screw 310 into a threaded opening of the shaft sleeve 302 , thereby securing the golf club head to the shaft sleeve 302 .
- a screw capturing device such as in the form of an 0 -ring or washer 312 , can be placed on the shaft of the screw 310 to retain the screw in place within the golf club head when the screw is loosened to permit removal of the shaft from the golf club head.
- the recessed port 166 extends from the bottom portion of the golf club head into the interior of the outer shell toward the top portion of the golf club head 200 at the location of hosel 162 , as seen in FIGS. 12 and 13 .
- the mouth of the recessed port 166 in the sole 103 is generally trapezoidal-shaped, although the shape and size of the recessed port 166 may be different in alternative embodiments.
- the shaft sleeve 302 has a lower portion 306 including splines that mate with mating splines of the hosel insert 164 , an intermediate portion 308 and an upper head portion 314 .
- the intermediate portion 308 and the upper head portion 314 define an internal bore 316 for receiving the tip end portion of the shaft 300 .
- the intermediate portion 308 of the shaft sleeve has a cylindrical external surface that is concentric with the inner cylindrical surface of the hosel bore 163 .
- inserting the shaft sleeve 302 at different angular positions relative to the hosel insert 164 is effective to adjust the shaft loft and/or the lie angle.
- the loft angle may be increased or decreased by various degrees, depending on the angular position, such as +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees, +/ ⁇ 2.0 degrees, or +/ ⁇ 2.5 degrees. Other loft angle adjustments are also possible.
- the intermediate portion 308 is concentric with the hosel bore 163 , the outer surface of the intermediate portion 308 can contact the adjacent surface of the hosel bore 163 , as depicted in FIG. 13 . This allows easier alignment of the mating features of the assembly during installation of the shaft and further improves the manufacturing process and efficiency.
- the golf club head may be attached to the shaft via a removable head-shaft connection assembly as described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,303,431, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- the golf club head may also incorporate features that provide the golf club heads and/or golf clubs with the ability not only to replaceably connect the shaft to the head but also to adjust the loft and/or the lie angle of the club by employing a removable head-shaft connection assembly.
- Such an adjustable lie/loft connection assembly is described in more detail in U.S. Pat. Nos.
- FIGS. 14-15 illustrate another exemplary golf club head 400 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- the golf club head 400 is similar to golf club head, 100 .
- weight channel 430 may contain features similar to weight channel 130 , and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction.
- Weight channel 430 may comprise a lower channel surface 431 that may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from a sole 403 of the golf club head, so that the weight channel 430 may be deeper at a forward edge 432 than it is at the rearward edge 434 .
- Within lower channel surface 431 are positioned several fastener ports 452 . Each of the fastener port may be configured to receive a fastener 450 .
- fastener ports 452 may be threaded so that one or more fasteners 450 secured therein can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position a weight member 440 , as further described herein.
- the fastener may comprise a head 451 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener 450 , and a fastener body 453 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port 452 to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 450 .
- the fastener port 452 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications. As illustrated in FIG. 15 , fastener port 452 may be angled diagonally so that the head 451 of fastener 450 is angled away from the front end 404 of the golf club head, and the fastener port 452 is forward of the head 451 of the fastener.
- weight channel 430 is configured to define a path 437 for and to at least partially contain adjustable weight member 440 that is both configured to translate along the path 437 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 430 by fastener 450 .
- Fastener 450 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fastener may be moved between or among the fastener ports 452 to further adjust mass properties of the golf club head 400 .
- Fastener 450 may extend through an elongated weight slot 454 passing through the body of the weight member 440 .
- Weight slot 454 may extend through weight member 440 from a lower surface 441 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 403 —and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface 445 of the weight member that is positioned against the lower channel surface 431 of the weight channel and into a fastener port 452 in the weight channel 430 .
- the weight member 440 is positioned within the weight channel 430 and may have a greater height at a forward side 442 than at a rearward side 444 , and may taper down from the forward side 442 to the rearward side 444 .
- the weight member 440 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to the forward side 442 than to the rearward side 444 .
- weight slot 454 and fastener 450 are positioned at the rearward side 444 of the weight member, such that the rearward side 444 of the weight member at least partially surrounds weight slot 454 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge 455 to support the head 451 of fastener 450 .
- this fastener ledge is coextensive with much of the rearward side 444 of the weight member 440 , and the rearward side of the weight member curves around to bound the fastener 450 at a forward edge 457 , at a heelward end 456 , and at a toeward end 458 of the weight slot 454 .
- the rearward edge 434 of weight channel 430 bounds the fastener 450 to the rear, and may comprise a ledge 474 (as shown in FIG. 15 ) that protrudes up and out behind the fastener port 452 and runs parallel to the rearward edge 434 of the weight channel 430 to further support the head 451 of the fastener 450 when tightened.
- the fastener 450 retains the weight member 440 in place. Once fastener 450 is loosened, the fastener is configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 452 , while the position of the weight member 440 may be adjusted relative to the fastener port. In the illustrated example shown in FIG.
- weight member 440 may be translated laterally along the path 437 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- FIG. 16 illustrates another exemplary golf club head 500 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- the golf club head 500 is similar to golf club head 100 .
- weight channel 530 may contain features similar to weight channel 130 , and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction.
- Within a lower channel surface 531 are positioned several fastener ports 552 .
- Each of the fastener port may be configured to receive a fastener 550 , or, as in the illustrated embodiment, multiple such fasteners.
- fastener ports 552 may be threaded so that fasteners 550 can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position a weight member 540 , as further described herein.
- the fasteners may each comprise a head 551 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port 552 to facilitate tightening or loosening the fasteners 550 .
- the fastener port 552 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications.
- weight channel 530 is configured to define a path 537 for and to at least partially contain adjustable weight member 540 that is both configured to translate along the path 537 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 530 by fastener 550 .
- Fasteners 550 may be removable, and may comprise screws, bolts, or other suitable devices for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fasteners may be moved between or among the fastener ports 552 to further adjust mass properties of the golf club head 500 .
- Fasteners 550 may extend through an elongated weight slot 554 passing through the body of the weight member 540 .
- Weight slot 554 may extend through weight member 540 from a lower surface 541 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 503 —and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against the lower channel surface 531 of the weight channel and into a fastener port 552 in the weight channel 530 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge 555 to support the head 551 of fastener 550 . When tightened, fasteners 550 retain the weight member 540 in place. When fasteners 550 are loosened, the fasteners may be configured to remain stationary relative to their respective fastener ports 552 , while the position of the weight member 540 may be adjusted.
- weight member 540 may be translated laterally along the path 537 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- FIG. 17 illustrates another exemplary golf club head 600 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- the golf club head 600 is similar to golf club head, 100 , though one difference is that in golf club head 600 , weight channel 630 is positioned within a raised sole portion 660 at the rear end 610 of the golf club head 600 , and curves forward at the ends towards the front end 604 of the golf club head.
- Weight channel 630 and weight member 640 may contain features similar to weight channel 130 and weight member 140 . In the illustrated example, however, weight channel extends around the rear end 610 of the golf club head 600 , from a position around a periphery of the golf club head situated on the toe side 608 to a position on the heel side 606 .
- Weight channel 630 may comprise a lower channel surface 631 that may be substantially parallel to or slightly angled away from a sole 603 of the golf club head, and may be coextensive, raised up from, or lowered from a raised sole portion 660 at the rear end 610 of the golf club head. Additionally, the weight channel 630 may extend around an entire length of the raised sole portion 660 , as illustrated, or may in some embodiments comprise only a portion of a length of the raised sole portion 660 .
- Within lower channel surface 631 is positioned at least one fastener port (not shown)—which may be similar to the fastener ports described herein and in the incorporated patents and/or applications—that may be configured to receive a fastener 650 .
- the fastener may comprise a head 651 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 650 .
- weight channel 630 is configured to define a path 637 for and to at least partially contain adjustable weight member 640 that is both configured to translate along the path 637 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 630 by fastener 650 .
- the path 637 may run the length of the weight channel 630 , or may, in some embodiments, comprise only a portion of the weight channel 630 .
- Fastener 650 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fastener 650 may extend through an elongated weight slot 654 passing through the body of the weight member 640 .
- Weight slot 654 may extend through weight member 640 from a lower surface 641 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 603 —and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against the lower channel surface 631 of the weight channel and into the fastener port in the weight channel 630 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support the head 651 of fastener 650 .
- the weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at a heelward end 646 and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at a toeward end 648 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support the head 651 of fastener 650 .
- the lower surface 641 of the portion of weight member 640 containing the weight slot may be slightly recessed between heelward end 646 and toeward end 648 so that the head 651 of the fastener 650 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to the remainder of the lower surface 641 of the weight member, as described further herein.
- the fastener 650 When tightened, the fastener 650 retains the weight member 640 in place.
- the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 652 , while the position of the weight member 640 may be adjusted.
- weight member 640 may be translated laterally along the path 637 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- Weight member 640 may have a mass that is between 10 to 50 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 10 grams, or a mass that is below 40 grams, or a mass in the range of 12 to 38 grams.
- FIG. 18 illustrates another exemplary golf club head 700 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- the golf club head 700 is similar to golf club head, 100 , though one difference is that in golf club head 700 , weight channel 730 is positioned within a raised sole portion 760 at the rear end 710 of the golf club head 700 , and curves forward at the ends towards the front end 704 of the golf club head.
- Weight channel 730 and weight member 740 may contain features similar to weight channel 130 and weight member 140 . In the illustrated example, however, weight channel extends around the rear end 710 of the golf club head 700 , from a position around a periphery of the golf club head situated on the toe side 708 to a position on the heel side 706 .
- Weight channel 730 may comprise a lower channel surface 731 that may be substantially parallel to or slightly angled away from a sole 703 of the golf club head, and may be coextensive, raised up from, or lowered from a raised sole portion 760 at the rear end 710 of the golf club head. Additionally, in the illustrated embodiment, the weight channel 730 comprises only a portion of a length of the raised sole portion 760 . Raised sole portion 760 further comprises external ribs 792 that may be integrally formed with the body 702 of the golf club head 700 .
- the fastener may comprise a head 751 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 750 .
- weight channel 730 is configured to define a path 737 for and to at least partially contain adjustable weight member 740 that is both configured to translate along the path 737 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 730 by fastener 750 .
- the path 737 may run the length of the weight channel 730 , or may, in some embodiments, comprise only a portion of the weight channel 730 .
- Fastener 750 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated patents and applications. Fastener 750 may extend through an elongated weight slot 754 passing through the body of the weight member 740 .
- Weight slot 754 may extend through weight member 740 from a lower surface 741 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 703 —and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against the lower channel surface 731 of the weight channel and into the fastener port in the weight channel 730 .
- the weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at a heelward end 746 and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at a toeward end 748 .
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support the head 751 of fastener 750 .
- the portion of the lower surface 641 of the portion of weight member 740 containing the weight slot may be slightly recessed between heelward end 746 and toeward end 748 so that the head 751 of fastener 750 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to the remainder of the lower surface 741 of the weight member, as described further herein.
- the fastener 750 retains the weight member 740 in place.
- the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 752 , while the position of the weight member 740 may be adjusted.
- weight member 740 may be translated laterally along the path 737 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- Weight member 740 may have a mass that is between 10 to 50 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 10 grams, or a mass that is below 40 grams, or a mass in the range of 12 to 38 grams.
- FIGS. 19-22 illustrate exemplary weight members that may be used with the golf clubs head disclosed herein.
- FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate a weight member 800 having a curved shape, similar to weight member 740 , above.
- Weight member 800 has a middle portion 840 that contains a curved weight slot 854 .
- Weight slot 754 may extend through weight member 800 from a lower surface 841 of the weight member that is configured to be substantially parallel to a sole of a golf club head and to serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface 845 of the weight member 800 that is configured to be positioned against the body of the golf club head, such as a weight channel or raised sole portion, as described herein.
- the weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at a first end portion 846 (such as a heelward end portion) and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at a second end portion 848 (such as a toeward end portion).
- the weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support a fastener head. Additionally or alternatively, as illustrated in FIG.
- the lower surface 841 of the middle portion 840 may be slightly recessed up between the first end portion 846 and the second end portion 848 so that the head of a fastener inserted through the weight member 800 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to the lower surface 841 of the weight member at the first end portion 846 and the second end portion 848 .
- the weight member 800 may be formed from a single piece of material, such as by casting, injection molding, machining, or other suitable methods, with first end portion 846 and the second end portion 848 formed to have a greater thickness than the middle portion 840 .
- additional material such as additional layers of material, or additional discretionary mass elements may be added to the first end portion 846 and/or the second end portion 848 to add additional mass to the ends. In particular embodiments, this may be achieved by welding an additional thickness of mass to the weight member 800 at one or both of the ends. It is to be understood, however, that additional mass could be added by other methods, such as bolting, adhering, or braising additional mass, or by introducing removable discretionary mass elements, such as described herein.
- weight member 800 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium. In other embodiments, steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used. In particular embodiments, higher density materials may be used in certain portions of the weight member 800 to add additional mass, such as, e.g., at first end portion 846 and/or second end portion 848 . For example, steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used at first end portion 846 and the second end portion 848 to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of the weight member 800 relative to the middle portion 840 , or additional higher density elements, e.g., plates, could be added at first end portion 846 and/or second end portion 848 to add additional discretionary mass.
- first material such as titanium.
- steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used.
- higher density materials may be used in certain portions of the weight member 800 to add additional mass, such as, e.g., at first end portion 846 and/or second end portion 848 .
- Split mass configurations such as those described herein potentially allow for several high MOI positions and allow greater weight to be moved to the outside of the club head while minimizing the overall weight added to the club head. Additionally, providing the added weight along the perimeter of the golf club may have additional benefits for maximizing MOI. And, providing a curved shape weight member, combined with a split mass configuration as described herein also may provide for additional mass to be positioned more forward than in a configuration without a split mass configuration, which provides improved CG projection. Additionally, providing the slidable rear weight as illustrated in FIGS.
- FIG. 21 illustrates another weight member assembly 900 , which comprises a weight member 940 that may be similar to weight member 800 , or may alternatively be a linear weight member. Positioned at opposite ends of the weight member 940 are fastener ports 952 , such as those described herein and/or in the incorporated patents and applications, which may be configured to receive a fastener 950 .
- the fasteners may be individual movable weights ranging from 1 to 20 grams.
- the fasteners may have the same mass, or may be different masses.
- a weight kit may be provided containing weights of varying mass that a user can optionally attach or detach to 900 and 1000.
- the fasteners may be used for swing weighting to achieve the targeted swing weight and offset manufacturing tolerance and custom length clubs.
- the fasteners may help achieve a heavier e.g. D 4 or lighter swing weight e.g. D 1 .
- One or both of the fasteners may be formed form a higher density material than the central region of the weight member 940 .
- one or both of the fasteners may be formed of the same material as the central region of the weight member 940 .
- the central region may be formed from a material having a density between 9-20 g/cc (e.g. Tungsten and Tungsten alloys), 7-9 g/cc (e.g. steel and steel alloys), 4-5 g/cc (e.g. Ti and Ti alloys), 2-3 g/cc (e.g. Al and Al alloys), or 1-2 g/cc (e.g. Plastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Thermoplastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Thermoset), or other suitable materials.
- 9-20 g/cc e.g. Tungsten and Tungsten alloys
- the fastener may comprise a head 951 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body 953 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port 952 to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 950 .
- fastener 950 is configured to retain a discretionary mass element between the lower surface 941 of the weight member 940 and the head of the fastener 950 , such as first discretionary mass element 946 positioned at a first end (such as a heelward end) of the weight member 940 and second discretionary mass element 948 positioned at a second end (such as a toeward end) of the weight member 940 .
- Discretionary mass elements 946 and 948 may further contain internal apertures, portions of which may be threaded to interact with threads on the fastener body 953 and other portions which may or may not be threaded and are configured to retain some or all of the fastener head 951 .
- weight member 900 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium.
- steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used.
- higher density materials may be used in certain portions of the weight member 900 to add additional mass.
- steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used, e.g., in discretionary mass elements 946 and 948 or in fasteners 950 to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of the weight member 900 .
- FIG. 22 illustrates another weight member assembly 1000 , which comprises a weight member 1040 that may be similar to weight member 800 , or may alternatively be a linear weight member. Positioned at opposite ends of the weight member 1040 are fastener ports 1052 , such as those described herein and/or in the incorporated patents and applications, which may be positioned in the lower surface 1041 of the weight member 1000 , and configured to receive a fastener 1050 .
- the fastener may comprise a head 1051 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body 1053 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener ports 1052 to facilitate tightening or loosening the fastener 1050 .
- Fastener 1050 may itself comprise a discretionary mass, as described in the incorporated patents and/or applications, which discretionary mass may be removed and replaced with a heavier or lighter discretionary mass to adjust mass properties of a golf club head, as desired.
- Portions of fastener port 1052 may be threaded to interact with threads on the fastener body 1053 and other portions may not be threaded and may be configured to retain some or all of the fastener head 1051 .
- weight member 1000 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium.
- steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used.
- higher density materials may be used in certain portions of the weight member 1000 to add additional mass.
- steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used, e.g., in fasteners 1050 or for forming them in or adhering them to the ends of the weight member, such as in the manner further described above and in the incorporated patents and applications, to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of the weight member 1000 .
- FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate another exemplary golf club head 1100 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein.
- the golf club head 1100 is similar to golf club head, 100 .
- weight channel 1130 may contain features similar to weight channel 130 , and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction.
- Weight channel 1130 may comprise a lower channel surface 1131 that may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from a sole 1103 of the golf club head, so that the weight channel 1130 may be deeper at a forward edge 1132 than it is at a rearward edge 1134 .
- weight channel 1130 is configured to define a path 1137 for and to at least partially contain adjustable weight member 1140 that is both configured to translate along the path 1137 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of the weight channel 1130 by fastener assembly 1160 .
- golf club head 1100 comprises a fastener assembly 1160 comprising a fastener tab 1165 that may extend from a rear ground contact surface 1118 proximate to the rear end 1110 of the golf club head to a weight overhang or ledge 1174 that may at least partially cover the weight member 1140 , such as its rearward side 1144 , as best illustrated in FIG. 23B .
- a fastener tab 1165 may extend from a rear ground contact surface 1118 proximate to the rear end 1110 of the golf club head to a weight overhang or ledge 1174 that may at least partially cover the weight member 1140 , such as its rearward side 1144 , as best illustrated in FIG. 23B .
- fastener tab 1165 Within fastener tab 1165 is positioned one or more fastener ports 1152 (one such port is provided in the illustrated example).
- Fastener port 1152 may be configured to receive a removable fastener 1150 , such as a bolt or screw, or one of the other suitable fasteners described herein or in the incorporated patents and applications. As such, fastener port 1152 may be threaded so that a removable fastener 1150 secured therein can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure weight member 1140 in position, as further described herein.
- a removable fastener 1150 such as a bolt or screw, or one of the other suitable fasteners described herein or in the incorporated patents and applications.
- fastener port 1152 may be threaded so that a removable fastener 1150 secured therein can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure weight member 1140 in position, as further described herein.
- the fastener may comprise a head 1151 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the removable fastener 1150 , and a fastener body 1153 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port 1152 to facilitate tightening or loosening the removable fastener 1150 .
- the fastener port 1152 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications.
- the fastener port may further comprise an interior fastener port ledge 1155 to support the head 1151 of fastener 1150 , which may be at least partially recessed within the fastener port 1152 , and which in the illustrated example is substantially parallel to rear ground contact surface 1118 .
- fastener port 1152 is positioned entirely outside of the weight channel 1130 and extends from the sole 1103 into the body of the golf club head 1100 .
- the fastener port 1152 may extend into an interior cavity 1122 of the golf club head 1100 .
- the weight member may have a greater height at the forward side 1142 than at the rearward side 1144 , and may taper down from the forward side 1142 to the rearward side 1144 .
- the weight member 1140 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to the forward side 1142 than to the rearward side 1144 .
- an upper surface 1145 of the weight member may extend further rearward than a lower surface 1141 of the weight member, with a rearward side 1144 of the weight member 1140 sloping up in a rearward direction from the sole 1103 , permitting at least a portion of the rearward side 1144 of the weight member to engage the ledge 1174 on the fastener tab 1165 .
- Ledge 1174 may itself be angled so that a lower portion nearest the sole 1103 extends further forward than an upper portion positioned nearer the lower surface 1131 of the weight channel 1130 .
- weight member 1140 When tightened, the removable fastener 1150 presses down on fastener tab 1165 so that the ledge 1174 retains the weight member 1140 in place. Once removable fastener 1150 is loosened, the fastener is configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 1152 , while the position of the weight member 1140 may be adjusted relative to the fastener port. In the illustrated example shown in FIG. 23A , weight member 1140 may be translated laterally along the path 1137 in a generally heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing.
- CGx x-axis
- One advantage of the golf club head 1100 shown in this example is that in moving the removable fastener 1150 outside of the weight channel 1130 , the weight member 1140 need not be specially engineered to contain a slot passing through the weight member 1140 to receive the removable fastener 1150 . This example may also provide a more consistent distribution of mass throughout the weight than some other examples.
- the location, position or orientation of features of the golf club head can be referenced in relation to fixed reference points, e.g., a golf club head origin, other feature locations or feature angular orientations.
- the location or position of a weight or weight assembly is typically defined with respect to the location or position of the weight's or weight assembly's center of gravity.
- a weight or weight assembly is used as a reference point from which a distance, i.e., a vectorial distance (defined as the length of a straight line extending from a reference or feature point to another reference or feature point) to another weight or weight assembly location is determined, the reference point is typically the center of gravity of the weight or weight assembly.
- the location of the weight assembly on a golf club head can be approximated by its coordinates on the head origin coordinate system.
- the head origin coordinate system includes an origin at the ideal impact location of the golf club head, which is disposed at the geometric center of the striking surface 105 (see FIGS. 1A and 1B ).
- the head origin coordinate system includes an x-axis and a y-axis.
- the origin x-axis extends tangential to the face plate at the origin and generally parallel to the ground when the head is ideally positioned with the positive x-axis extending from the origin towards a heel of the golf club head and the negative x-axis extending from the origin to the toe of the golf club head.
- the origin y-axis extends generally perpendicular to the origin x-axis and parallel to the ground when the head is ideally positioned with the positive y-axis extending from the head origin towards the rear portion of the golf club.
- the head origin can also include an origin z-axis extending perpendicular to the origin x-axis and the origin y-axis and having a positive z-axis that extends from the origin towards the top portion of the golf club head and negative z-axis that extends from the origin towards the bottom portion of the golf club head.
- the weight channel 130 extends generally from a heelward end 136 oriented toward the heel side 106 of the golf club head to a toeward end 138 oriented toward the toe side 108 of the golf club head, with both the heelward end 136 and toeward end 138 being at or near the same distance from the front portion of the club head.
- the weight member 140 that is slidably retained within the weight channel 130 is capable of a relatively large amount of adjustment in the direction of the x-axis, while having a relatively small amount of adjustment in the direction of the y-axis.
- the heelward end 136 and toeward end 138 may be located at varying distances from the front portion, such as having the heelward end 136 further rearward than the toeward end 138 , or having the toeward end 138 further rearward than the heelward end 136 .
- the weight member 140 that is slidably retained within the weight channel 130 is capable of a relatively large amount of adjustment in the direction of the x-axis, while also having from a small amount to a larger amount of adjustment in the direction of the y-axis.
- the weight member 140 can have an origin x-axis coordinate between about ⁇ 40 mm and about 40 mm, depending upon the location of the weight assembly within the weight channel 130 .
- the weight member 140 can have an origin x-axis coordinate between about ⁇ 35 mm and about 35 mm, or between about ⁇ 30 mm and about 30 mm, or between about ⁇ 25 mm and about 25 mm, or between about ⁇ 20 mm and about 20 mm, or between about ⁇ 15 mm and about 15 mm, or between about ⁇ 13 mm and about 13 mm.
- the weight member 140 is provided with a maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ x) that is less than 80 mm, such as less than 70 mm, such as less than 60 mm, such as less than 50 mm, such as less than 40 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 26 mm.
- Max ⁇ x a maximum x-axis adjustment range
- the weight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 5 mm and about 80 mm. More specifically, in certain embodiments, the weight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 5 mm and about 50 mm, between about 5 mm and about 45 mm, or between about 5 mm and about 40 mm, or between about 10 mm and about 40 mm, or between about 5 mm and about 35 mm.
- the weight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 35 mm and about 80 mm, between about 45 mm and about 75 mm, or between about 50 mm and about 70 mm.
- the weight member 140 is provided with a maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ y) that is less than 45 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 20 mm, such as less than 10 mm, such as less than 5 mm, such as less than 3 mm.
- the weight member is provided with a maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ y) that is less than 110 mm, such as less than 80 mm, such as less than 60 mm, such as less than 40 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 15 mm.
- Max ⁇ y y-axis adjustment range
- a golf club head can be configured to have a constraint relating to the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and origin y-direction.
- a constraint can be defined as the maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ y) divided by the maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ x).
- the value of the ratio of (Max ⁇ y)/(Max ⁇ x) is between 0 and about 0.8.
- the value of the ratio of (Max ⁇ y)/(Max ⁇ x) is between 0 and about 0.5, or between 0 and about 0.2, or between 0 and about 0.15, or between 0 and about 0.10, or between 0 and about 0.08, or between 0 and about 0.05, or between 0 and about 0.03, or between 0 and about 0.01.
- the mass of the weight member is between about 1 g and about 50 g, such as between about 3 g and about 40 g, such as between about 5 g and about 25 g. In some alternative embodiments, the mass of the weight member 640 and/or 740 is between about 5 g and about 45 g, such as between about 9 g and about 35 g, such as between about 9 g and about 30 g, such as between about 9 g and about 25 g.
- the mass of the weight member is between about 50 g and about 90 g, such as between about 55 g and about 80 g, such as between about 60 g and about 75 g. In some alternative embodiments, the mass of the weight member 140 is between about 5 g and about 45 g, such as between about 9 g and about 35 g, such as between about 9 g and about 30 g, such as between about 9 g and about 25 g.
- a golf club head can be configured to have constraints relating to the product of the mass of the weight assembly and the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and/or origin y-direction.
- One such constraint can be defined as the mass of the weight assembly (M WA ) multiplied by the maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ x).
- the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ x) is between about 250 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm.
- the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ x) is between about 500 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1000 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1500 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 2000 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 2500 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 3000 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 3500 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 4000 g ⁇ mm and about 4950 g ⁇ mm.
- the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ x) is between about 250 g ⁇ mm and about 2500 g ⁇ mm. In specific embodiments, the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ x) is between about 350 g ⁇ mm and about 2400 g ⁇ mm, or between about 750 g ⁇ mm and about 2300 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1000 g ⁇ mm and about 2200 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1100 g ⁇ mm and about 2100 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1200 g ⁇ mm and about 2000 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1200 g ⁇ mm and about 1950 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1250 g ⁇ mm and about 1900 g ⁇ mm, or between about 1250 g ⁇ mm and about 1750 g ⁇ mm.
- Another constraint relating to the product of the mass of the weight assembly and the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and/or origin y-direction can be defined as the mass of the weight assembly (M WA ) multiplied by the maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max ⁇ y).
- the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ y) is between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 1800 g ⁇ mm.
- the value of the product of M WA x (Max ⁇ y) is between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 1500 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 1000 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 500 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 250 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 150 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 100 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 50 g ⁇ mm, or between about 0 g ⁇ mm and about 25 g ⁇ mm.
- one advantage obtained with a golf club head having a repositionable weight is in providing the end user of the golf club with the capability to adjust the location of the CG of the club head over a range of locations relating to the position of the repositionable weight.
- the present inventors have found that there is a distance advantage to providing a center of gravity of the club head that is lower and more forward relative to comparable golf clubs that do not include a weight assembly such as the weight member 140 described herein.
- the golf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin x-axis coordinate (CGx) between about ⁇ 10 mm and about 10 mm, such as between about ⁇ 4 mm and about 9 mm, such as between about ⁇ 3 mm and about 8 mm, such as between about ⁇ 2 mm to about 5 mm, such as between about ⁇ 0.8 mm to about 8 mm, such as between about 0 mm to about 8 mm.
- CGx head origin x-axis coordinate
- the golf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin y-axis coordinate (CGy) greater than about 15 mm and less than about 50 mm, such as between about 22 mm and about 43 mm, such as between about 24 mm and about 40 mm, such as between about 26 mm and about 35 mm. In some embodiments, the golf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin z-axis coordinate (CGz) greater than about ⁇ 8 mm and less than about 3 mm, such as between about ⁇ 6 mm and about 0 mm.
- CGy head origin y-axis coordinate
- the golf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin z-axis coordinate (CGz) that is less than 0 mm, such as less than ⁇ 2 mm, such as less than ⁇ 4 mm, such as less than ⁇ 5 mm, such as less than ⁇ 6 mm.
- CGz head origin z-axis coordinate
- the club head is provided with a maximum CGx adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGx) attributable to the repositioning of the weight member 140 that is greater than 1 mm, such as greater than 2 mm, such as greater than 3 mm, such as greater than 4 mm, such as greater than 5 mm, such as greater than 6 mm, such as greater than 8 mm, such as greater than 10 mm, such as greater than 11 mm.
- Max ⁇ CGx a maximum CGx adjustment range
- the club head 100 having a weight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within a weight channel 130 , the club head is provided with a CGy adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGy) that is less than 6 mm, such as less than 3 mm, such as less than 1 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.25 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm.
- a CGy adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGy) that is less than 6 mm, such as less than 3 mm, such as less than 1 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.25 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm.
- the club head 100 having a weight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within a rearward channel
- the club head is provided with a CGy adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGy) that is less than 10 mm, such as less than 5 mm, such as less than 3 mm, such as less than 1 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.25 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm.
- a golf club head can be configured to have a constraint relating to the relative amounts that the CG is able to be adjusted in the origin x-direction and origin y-direction.
- a constraint can be defined as the maximum CGy adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGy) divided by the maximum CX x adjustment range (Max ⁇ CGx).
- the value of the ratio of (Max ⁇ CGy)/(Max ⁇ CGx) is between 0 and about 0.8.
- the value of the ratio of (Max ⁇ CGy)/(Max ⁇ CGx) is between 0 and about 0.5, or between 0 and about 0.2, or between 0 and about 0.15, or between 0 and about 0.10, or between 0 and about 0.08, or between 0 and about 0.05, or between 0 and about 0.03, or between 0 and about 0.01.
- a golf club head can be configured such that only one of the above constraints apply. In other embodiments, a golf club head can be configured such that more than one of the above constraints apply. In still other embodiments, a golf club head can be configured such that all of the above constraints apply.
- Table 3 lists various properties of an exemplary golf club head, which may be similar to golf club head 100 , having a weight assembly retained within a front channel.
- Table 4 lists various properties of an exemplary golf club head, which may be similar to golf club head 100 , having a weight assembly retained within a front channel, and located at center, toe, and heel positions, respectively:
- BP Delta or Balance Point Up Delta represents the change in the Balance Point Up relative to the Balance Point Up when the weight is in the center position. For example, when the weight is in toewardmost position the Balance Point Up is 19.684 mm compared to 19.532 mm in the center position resulting in a delta or change of 0.152 mm. Similarly, in the heel position the BP Delta is 0.200 mm (19.732 mm ⁇ 19.532 mm). BP Delta / CX x Delta (mm/mm) is again calculated relative to the center position. For example, BP Delta for the heelwardmost position relative to center is 0.200 mm and the CX x delta from center to heel is 2.5 mm (5.3 mm ⁇ 2.8 mm) resulting in a ratio of 0.08. It was found that this track configuration produced a very large CX x movement with very little impact to Balance Point Up, which was lacking in earlier designs.
- BP Delta in a toewardmost position is no more than 0.50 mm, and is between 0.12 mm and 0.50 mm, such as between 0.13 mm and 0.40 mm, such as between 0.14 mm and 0.30 mm.
- BP Delta in a heelwardmost position is no more than 0.30 mm, and is between 0.12 mm and 0.30 mm, such as between 0.13 mm and 0.25 mm, such as between 0.15 mm and 0.25 mm.
- a BP Delta/CX x Delta (mm/mm) when the weight is in the toewardmost position is no more than 0.170 (absolute value). More specifically, the BP Delta/CX x Delta for the toewardmost position relative the center position can be between 0.170 (absolute value) and 0.040 (absolute value). In some embodiments described herein, a BP Delta/CX x Delta (mm/mm) when the weight is in the heelwardmost position is no more than 0.120 (absolute value). More specifically, the BP Delta/CX x Delta for the heelwardmost position relative the center position can be between 0.120 (absolute value) and 0.060 (absolute value).
- the summation of the BP Delta/CX x Delta (mm/mm) in the toewardmost position (absolute value) and the BP Delta/CX x Delta (mm/mm) in the heelwardmost position (absolute value) is no more than 0.29, and is between 0.11 and 0.29, such as between 0.12 and 0.28, such as between 0.13 and 0.25.
- the location of the weight bearing channel in the front portion of the club head can lead to synergies in golf club performance.
- ⁇ 1 (delta 1 ) is relatively small, dynamic lofting is reduced; thereby reducing spin that otherwise may reduce distance.
- the gear effect biases the golf ball to rotate toward the projection of the CG—or, in other words, with forward spin. This is countered by the loft of the golf club head imparting back spin.
- the overall effect is a relatively low spin profile.
- the CG is below the center face (and, thereby, below the ideal impact location) as measured along the z-axis, the golf ball will tend to rise higher on impact. The result is a high launching but lower spinning golf shot on purely struck shots, which leads to better ball flight (higher and softer landing) with more distance due to less energy loss from spin.
- the distance between weight channels/weight ports and weight size can contribute to the amount of CG change made possible in a golf club head, particularly in a golf club head used in conjunction with a removable sleeve assembly, as described above.
- a maximum weight mass multiplied by the distance between the maximum weight and the minimum weight is between about 100 g ⁇ mm and about 3,750 g ⁇ mm or about 200 g ⁇ mm and 2,000 g ⁇ mm. More specifically, in certain embodiments, the maximum weight mass multiplied by the weight separation distance is between about 500 g ⁇ mm and about 1,500 g ⁇ mm, between about 1,200 g ⁇ mm and about 1,400 g ⁇ mm.
- a weight or weight port When a weight or weight port is used as a reference point from which a distance, i.e., a vectorial distance (defined as the length of a straight line extending from a reference or feature point to another reference or feature point) to another weight or weights port is determined, the reference point is typically the volumetric centroid of the weight port.
- a movable weight club head and sleeve assembly When a movable weight club head and sleeve assembly are combined, it is possible to achieve the highest level of club trajectory modification while simultaneously achieving the desired look of the club at address. For example, if a player prefers to have an open club face look at address, the player can put the club in the “R” or open face position.
- the player can adjust the sleeve position to be in the closed face position or “L” position and also put the heavy weight in the heel port.
- the weight and the sleeve position work together to achieve the greater draw bias possible.
- the sleeve position can be set for the open face or “R” position and the heavy weight is placed in the top port.
- the product of the distance between at least two weight ports, the maximum weight, and the maximum loft change is between about 50 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg and about 8,000 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg, preferably between about 2000 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg and about 6,000 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg, more preferably between about 2500 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg and about 4,500 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg, or even more preferably between about 3000 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg and about 4,100 mm ⁇ g ⁇ deg.
- the golf club head satisfies the following expressions in Equations 4-7.
- the maximum loft change may vary between 2-4 degrees, and the preferred embodiment having a maximum loft change of 4 degrees or +2 degrees.
- Dwp is the distance between two weight port centroids (mm)
- Mhw is the mass of the heaviest weight (g)
- Aloft is the maximum loft change (degrees) between at least two sleeve positions.
- head an areal weight i.e., material density multiplied by the material thickness, of the golf club head sole, crown and skirt, respectively, is less than about 0.45 g/cm2 over at least about 50% of the surface area of the respective sole, crown and skirt.
- the areal weight is between about 0.05 g/cm 2 and about 0.15 g/cm 2 , between about 0.10 g/cm 2 and about 0.20 g/cm 2 between about 0.15 g/cm 2 and about 0.25 g/cm 2 , between about 0.25 g/cm 2 and about 0.35 g/cm 2 between about 0.35 g/cm 2 and about 0.45 g/cm 2 , or between about 0.45 g/cm 2 and about 0.55 g/cm 2 .
- the head comprises a skirt with a thickness less than about 0.8 mm, and the head skirt areal weight is less than about 0.41 g/cm 2 over at least about 50% of the surface area of the skirt.
- the skirt areal weight is between about 0.15 g/cm 2 and about 0.24 g/cm 2 , between about 0.24 g/cm 2 and about 0.33 g/cm 2 or between about 0.33 g/cm 2 and about 0.41 g/cm 2 .
- the exemplary golf club heads described herein can be configured to have a constraint defined as the moment of inertia about the golf club head CG x-axis (Ixx) multiplied by the total movable weight mass.
- the second constraint is between about 1.4 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 40 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 .
- the second constraint is between about 1.4 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 2.0 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 , between about 2.0 kg 2 -mm 2 and about 10 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 or between about 10 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 40 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 .
- the fourth constraint is between about 2.5 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 72 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 . In certain embodiments, the fourth constraint is between about 2.5 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 3.6 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 between about 3.6 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 18 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 or between about 18 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 and about 72 kg 2 ⁇ mm 2 .
- a moment of inertia about a golf club head CG z-axis can be greater than about 190 kg ⁇ mm 2 . More specifically, the moment of inertia about head CG z-axis 203 can be between about 190 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 300 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 300 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 350 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 350 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 400 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 400 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 450 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 450 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 500 kg ⁇ mm 2 or greater than about 500 kg ⁇ mm 2 .
- a moment of inertia about a golf club head CG x-axis can be greater than about 80 kg ⁇ mm 2 . More specifically, the moment of inertia about the head CG x-axis 201 can be between about 80 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 180 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 180 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 250 kg-mm 2 between about 250 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 300 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 300 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 350 kg ⁇ mm 2 , between about 350 kg ⁇ mm 2 and about 400 kg ⁇ mm 2 , or greater than about 400 kg ⁇ mm 2 .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Golf Clubs (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/112,761 filed Dec. 4, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/875,802 filed May 15, 2020, now U.S. Pat. No. 11,013,965, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/042,902 filed Jul. 23, 2018, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,653,926 issued May 19, 2020, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- In addition, other patents and patent applications concerning golf clubs, including U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,753,806; 7,887,434; 8,118,689; 8,663,029; 8,888,607; 8,900,069; 9,186,560; 9,211,447; 9,220,953; 9,220,956; 9,848,405; and 9,700,763 and U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 15/859,071, are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- The present application concerns golf club heads, and more particularly, golf club heads for wood-type clubs including driver-type, fairway-type, and hybrid-type golf clubs.
- Much of the recent improvement activity in the field of golf has involved the use of new and increasingly more sophisticated materials in concert with advanced club-head engineering. For example, modern “wood-type” golf clubs (notably, “drivers,” “fairway woods,” and “utility or hybrid clubs”), with their sophisticated shafts and non-wooden club-heads, bear little resemblance to the “wood” drivers, low-loft long-irons, and higher numbered fairway woods used years ago. These modern wood-type clubs are generally called “metalwoods” since they tend to be made primarily of strong, lightweight metals, such as titanium.
- An exemplary metalwood golf club such as a driver or fairway wood typically includes a hollow shaft having a lower end to which the golf club head is attached. Most modern versions of these golf club heads are made, at least in part, of a lightweight but strong metal such as titanium alloy. In many cases, the golf club head comprises a body made primarily of such strong metals.
- Some current approaches to reducing structural mass of a metalwood club-head are directed to making one or more portions of the golf club head of an alternative material. Whereas the bodies and face plates of most current metalwoods are made of titanium alloys, some golf club heads are made, at least in part, of components formed from either graphite/epoxy-composite (or other suitable composite material) and a metal alloy. Graphite composites have a much lower density compared to titanium alloys, which offers an opportunity to provide more discretionary mass in the club-head.
- The ability to utilize such materials to increase the discretionary mass available for placement at various points in the club-head allows for optimization of a number of physical properties of the club-head which can greatly impact the performance obtained by the user. Forgiveness on a golf shot is generally maximized by configuring the golf club head such that the center of gravity (“CG”) of the golf club head is optimally located and the moment of inertia (“MOP”) of the golf club head is maximized. CG and MOI can also critically affect a golf club head's performance, such as launch angle and flight trajectory on impact with a golf ball, among other characteristics.
- In addition to the use of various materials to optimize the strength-to-weight properties and acoustic properties of the golf club heads, advances have been made in the mass distribution properties provided by using thicker and thinner regions of materials, raising and lowering certain portions of the sole and crown, providing adjustable weight members and adjustable head-shaft connection assemblies, and many other golf club head engineering advances.
- This application discloses, among other innovations, wood-type golf club heads that provide, among other attributes, improved forgiveness, ball speed, adjustability and playability, while maintaining durability.
- The following describes wood-type golf club heads that include a body defining an interior cavity, a sole positioned at a bottom portion of the golf club head and a crown positioned at a top portion. The body also has a face defining a forward portion extending between a heel portion of the golf club head and a toe portion of the golf club head, a rearward portion opposite the face, and a hosel.
- Certain of the described golf club heads have a weight channel formed in the sole and defining a path along the sole. In certain instances, a weight member is positioned in or on the weight channel, and may be configured to be adjusted along the path to any of a range of selectable positions in the weight channel to adjust mass properties of the golf club head. In particular instances, a fastener is configured to secure the weight member to the golf club head body in any of the selectable positions along the path. In certain examples, there are at least five, or in some cases at least ten such selectable positions. The fastener may be secured to the golf club head body at a fixed location that is independent of the position of the weight member along the path, so that this position does not change, regardless of where the weight member is positioned along the path.
- In certain instances, the path may comprise a substantially linear path extending in a substantially heel-toe direction, or, alternatively, in a substantially forward-rearward direction. In other instances, the path comprises a curved path extending in a substantially heel-toe direction. In some instances, the weight channel is positioned in a forward portion of the sole, and, in particular instances, the channel comprises a toe and a heel end, and wherein the channel curves rearwardly at the toe and heel ends, away from the face. In other instances, the channel is positioned in a rearward portion of the sole, and, in particular instances, the channel comprises a toe end and a heel end, and wherein the channel curves forwardly at the toe and heel ends. In some instances, the weight channel comprises an outer arc that extends at least half of a length of the golf club head from a heel of the golf club head to a toe of the golf club head, or half of a depth of the golf club head from the face to a trailing edge of the golf club head.
- The weight member may comprise a forward side and a rearward side. In particular instances, the forward side of the weight member is curved parallel to a corresponding curved forward edge of the weight channel. In some cases, the rearward side is also curved parallel to a corresponding curved rearward edge of the weight channel. In particular instances, the weight member is positioned entirely external to the interior cavity. In some instances, a lower surface of the weight member is approximately parallel to the sole to serve as a ground contact point when the golf club head is soled.
- The golf club may comprise a front channel in the sole positioned forward of the weight channel and extending into the interior cavity of the golf club head, the front channel extending substantially in a heel-toe direction. The front channel, or a similar slot channel in addition to the weight channel may increase or enhance the perimeter flexibility of the striking face of the golf club head in order to increase the coefficient of restitution and/or characteristic time of the golf club head and frees up additional discretionary mass which can be utilized elsewhere in the golf club head. In some instances, the front channel, or similar slot or other mechanism is located in the forward portion of the sole of the golf club head, adjacent to or near to the forwardmost edge of the sole. Also, in some instances, the front channel extends into the interior cavity of the golf club head, and in particular cases extends substantially in a heel-toe direction.
- In particular instances, the weight member comprises an elongated weight slot that extends through an interior of the weight member, the fastener extends through the weight slot, and is configured to permit the weight member to translate along the path while the fastener is stationary. In some instances, the fastener comprises a fastener head that is recessed within the weight slot and a threaded fastener shaft that extends from the fastener head and is secured to the body at a fastener port in the body. In certain instances, the fastener port is forward of the fastener head. The fastener may be configured to, in a loosened position, allow the weight member to translate along the path as the fastener remains stationary relative to the fastener port. The fastener may further be configured to, in a secured position, retain the weight member in a selected position. In some instances, the fastener may comprise two or more fasteners each passing through the weight slot and secured to the golf club head body at different locations. In some instances, the fastener may itself comprise a removable weight, which mass can be adjusted as desired to adjust mass properties of the golf club head. In some instances, the fastener at least partially covers the weight member. In particular instances, the fastener does not extend through the weight member. In certain cases, the fastener comprises a tab that extends below at least a portion of either a forward edge or a rearward edge of the weight member, and may in particular instances further comprise a removable screw or bolt that extends through the tab and into the body of the golf club head.
- The weight channel may have a path dimension representing a distance of travel for the weight member, wherein the distance comprises the distance between a first path end positioned proximate to a first end of the channel and a second path end positioned proximate to a second end of the channel. In particular instances, the weight member may have a first dimension that is normal to the path dimension and a second dimension that is parallel to the path dimension, and in some cases the second dimension is at least 50 percent of the path dimension. In some cases, the second dimension may be at least 70 percent of the path dimension.
- In some cases, translating the weight member from a first position adjacent a first end of the channel to a second position adjacent a second end of the channel provides a golf club head center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx) of at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm or at least 5 mm. In certain instances, the weight member has a mass of at least 40 grams, or at least 60 grams. In particular instances, the weight member comprises at least 25 percent, or in some cases at least 30 percent, of a total mass of the golf club head. The weight member may comprise a forward side and a rearward side, and have a center of mass that is nearer the forward side than the rearward side. In particular examples, a height of the weight member at the forward side is greater than a height of the weight member at the rearward side. The weight member may in some instances be tapered down from the forward side to the rearward side. Additionally or alternatively, the weight member may comprise two or more stepped portions. In particular cases, a first stepped portion at the forward side has a first height that is greater than a second height of a second stepped portion at the rearward side. In some cases, wherein the rearward side of the weight member comprises a chamfered edge. In particular instances, the golf club head further comprises a polymeric pad positioned between the chamfered edge and the body. The rearward end of the weight member may comprise a recessed ledge portion that corresponds to a protruding ledge portion on the golf club head body, such as in the weight channel. In some cases, a polymeric pad may be positioned between the recessed ledge portion and the protruding ledge portion.
- In particular instances, the weight member is configured to move in an accurate path defined by a center axis of curvature located rearward of the face, rearward of the weight channel, and/or rearward of a center of gravity of the golf club head. In some cases, the weight member is configured to move in an arc of less than 90 degrees, or less than 180 degrees around the center axis of curvature. In particular cases, the weight member may be configured to move around the center axis of curvature in an arc of between 5 degrees and 90 degrees, between 10 degrees and 30 degrees, or between 15 degrees and 45 degrees. Additionally or alternatively, the weight member may be configured to move around a center axis of curvature, wherein the center axis of curvature is not collocated with a position of the fastener.
- In some instances, the golf club head may have a balance point up (BP Up) value of less than 23 mm, less than 22 mm, or less than 20 mm.
- The foregoing and other objects, features, and advantages of the disclosed technology will become more apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying figures.
-
FIG. 1A is a front elevational view of an exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 1B is heel-side view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 2A is a bottom rear perspective view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 2B is a front perspective view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A , with a weight member removed. -
FIG. 4 is a bottom perspective view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A , with a weight member removed. -
FIG. 5A is a bottom view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1 , with a weight member removed. -
FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view of a weight channel in the golf club head ofFIG. 5A , taken alongline 5B-5B inFIG. 5A . -
FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure. -
FIG. 7 is a perspective view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure. -
FIG. 8 is a front cross-sectional view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 9A is a bottom view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view of a weight member, weight channel, and fastener in the golf club head ofFIG. 9A , taken alongline 9B-9B inFIG. 9A . -
FIG. 10 is a top view of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A , with the crown insert removed. -
FIG. 11 is a cross-section of the golf club head ofFIG. 10 , taken along line 11-11 inFIG. 10 . -
FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of a hosel of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view of an adjustable hosel-shaft assembly of the golf club head ofFIG. 1A . -
FIG. 14 is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 15 is a toe-side cross-sectional view of the golf club head ofFIG. 14 . -
FIG. 16 is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 17 is a bottom perspective view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 18 is a bottom perspective view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 19 is a top view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure. -
FIG. 20 is an elevational view of the weight member ofFIG. 19 . -
FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure. -
FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of another weight member that may be used with the golf club heads of this disclosure. -
FIG. 23A is a bottom view of another exemplary golf club head disclosed herein. -
FIG. 23B is a toe-side cross-sectional view of the golf club head ofFIG. 23A , taken alongline 23B-23B inFIG. 23A . - The following describes embodiments of golf club heads for metalwood type golf clubs, including drivers, fairway woods, rescue clubs, hybrid clubs, and the like. Several of the golf club heads incorporate features that provide the golf club heads and/or golf clubs with increased moments of inertia and low centers of gravity, centers of gravity located in preferable locations, improved golf club head and face geometries, increased sole and lower face flexibility, higher coefficients or restitution (“COR”) and characteristic times (“CT”), and/or decreased backspin rates relative to fairway wood and other golf club heads that have come before.
- This disclosure describes embodiments of golf club heads in the exemplary context of fairway wood-type golf clubs, but the principles, methods and designs described may be applicable in whole or in part to other wood-type golf clubs, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like.
- The disclosed inventive features include all novel and non-obvious features disclosed herein, both alone and in novel and non-obvious combinations with other elements. As used herein, the phrase “and/or” means “and,” “or” and both “and” and “or.” As used herein, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” refer to one or more than one, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. As used herein, the terms “including” and “having” (and their grammatical variants) mean “comprising.”
- This disclosure also refers to the accompanying drawings, which form a part hereof. The drawings illustrate specific embodiments, but other embodiments may be formed and structural changes may be made without departing from the intended scope of this disclosure and the technology discussed herein. Directions and references (e.g., up, down, top, bottom, left, right, rearward, forward, heelward, toeward, etc.) may be used to facilitate discussion of the drawings but are not intended to be limiting. For example, certain terms may be used such as “up,” “down,” “upper,” “lower,” “horizontal,” “vertical,” “left,” “right” and the like. These terms are used where applicable, to provide some clarity of description when dealing with relative relationships, particularly with respect to the illustrated embodiments. Such terms are not, however, intended to imply absolute relationships, positions and/or orientations, unless otherwise indicated. For example, with respect to an object, an “upper” surface can become a “lower” surface simply by turning the object over. Nevertheless, it is still the same object. Accordingly, the following detailed description shall not be construed in a limiting sense and the scope of property rights sought shall be defined by the appended claims and their equivalents.
- Golf club head “forgiveness” generally describes the ability of a golf club head to deliver a desirable golf ball trajectory despite a miss-hit (e.g., a ball struck at a location on the face plate other than an ideal impact location, e.g., an impact location where coefficient of restitution is maximized). Large mass moments of inertia contribute to the overall forgiveness of a golf club head. In addition, a low center-of-gravity improves forgiveness for golf club heads used to strike a ball from the turf by giving a higher launch angle and a lower spin trajectory (which improves the distance of a fairway wood golf shot). Providing a rearward center-of-gravity reduces the likelihood of a slice or fade for many golfers. Accordingly, forgiveness of fairway wood golf club heads, can be improved using the techniques described above to achieve high moments of inertia and low center-of-gravity compared to conventional fairway wood golf club heads.
- For example, a golf club head with a crown thickness less than about 0.65 mm throughout at least about 70% of the crown can provide significant discretionary mass. A 0.60 mm thick crown formed from steel can provide as much as about 8 grams of discretionary mass compared to a 0.80 mm thick crown. Alternatively, a 0.80 mm thick crown formed from a composite material having a density of about 1.5 g/cc can provide as much as about 26 grams of discretionary mass compared to a 0.80 mm thick crown formed from steel. The large discretionary mass can be distributed to improve the mass moments of inertia and desirably locate the golf club head center-of-gravity. Generally, discretionary mass should be located sole-ward rather than crown-ward to maintain a low center-of-gravity, forward rather than rearward to maintain a forwardly positioned center of gravity, and rearward rather than forward to maintain a rearwardly positioned center-of-gravity. In addition, discretionary mass should be located far from the center-of-gravity and near the perimeter of the golf club head to maintain high mass moments of inertia.
- Another parameter that contributes to the forgiveness and successful playability and desirable performance of a golf club is the coefficient of restitution (COR) of the golf club head. Upon impact with a golf ball, the golf club head's face plate deflects and rebounds, thereby imparting energy to the struck golf ball. The golf club head's coefficient of restitution is the ratio of the velocity of separation to the velocity of approach. A thin face plate generally will deflect more than a thick face plate. Thus, a properly constructed club with a thin, flexible face plate can impart a higher initial velocity to a golf ball, which is generally desirable, than a club with a thick, rigid face plate. In order to maximize the moment of inertia (MOI) about the center of gravity (CG) and achieve a high COR, it typically is desirable to incorporate thin walls and a thin face plate into the design of the golf club head. Thin walls afford the designers additional leeway in distributing golf club head mass to achieve desired mass distribution, and a thinner face plate may provide for a relatively higher COR.
- Thus, thin walls are important to a club's performance. However, overly thin walls can adversely affect the golf club head's durability. Problems also arise from stresses distributed across the golf club head upon impact with the golf ball, particularly at junctions of golf club head components, such as the junction of the face plate with other golf club head components (e.g., the sole, skirt, and crown). One prior solution has been to provide a reinforced periphery about the face plate, such as by welding, in order to withstand the repeated impacts. Another approach to combat stresses at impact is to use one or more ribs extending substantially from the crown to the sole vertically, and in some instances extending from the toe to the heel horizontally, across an inner surface of the face plate. These approaches tend to adversely affect club performance characteristics, e.g., diminishing the size of the sweet spot, and/or inhibiting design flexibility in both mass distribution and the face structure of the golf club head. Thus, these golf club heads fail to provide optimal MOI, CG, and/or COR parameters, and as a result, fail to provide much forgiveness for off-center hits for all but the most expert golfers.
- Thus, the golf club heads of this disclosure are designed to allow for introduction of a face which can be adjusted in thickness as needed or desired to interact with the other disclosed aspects, such as a channel or slot positioned behind the face, as well as increased areas of mass and/or removable weights. The golf club heads of this disclosure may utilize, for example, the variable thickness face features described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,353,786, 6,997,820, 6,800,038, and 6,824,475, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Additionally, the mass of the face, as well as other of the above-described properties can be adjusted by using different face materials, structures, and features, such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. RE42,544; 8,096,897; 7,985,146; 7,874,936; 7,874,937; 8,628,434; and 7,267,620; and U.S. Patent Pub. Nos. 2008/0149267 and 2009/0163289, which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Additionally, the structure of the front channel, club head face, and surrounding features of any of the embodiments herein can be varied to further impact COR and related aspects of the golf club head performance, as further described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,662,545; and U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2016/0023062, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- Golf club heads and many of their physical characteristics disclosed herein will be described using “normal address position” as the golf club head reference position, unless otherwise indicated. The normal address position of the club head is defined as the angular position of the head relative to a horizontal ground plane when the shaft axis lies in a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the centerface target line vector and when the shaft axis defines a lie angle relative to the ground plane such that the scorelines on the face of the club are horizontal (if the club does not have scorelines, then the normal address position lie angle shall be defined as 60-degrees). The centerface target line vector is defined as a horizontal vector that points forward (along the Y-axis) from the centerface point of the face. The centerface point (axis origin point) can be defined as the geometric center of the striking surface and/or can be defined as an ideal impact location on the striking surface.
-
FIGS. 1A-1B illustrate one embodiment of a fairway wood typegolf club head 100 at normal address position, though it is understood that similar measurements may be made for other wood-type golf clubs, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like. At normal address position, thegolf club head 100 rests on aground plane 210, a plane parallel to the ground, which is intersected by acenterline axis 205 of a club shaft of thegolf club head 100. - In addition to the thickness of the face plate and the walls of the golf club head, the location of the center of gravity also has a significant effect on the COR and other properties of a golf club head. For example, as illustrated in
FIG. 1C , a given golf club head having a given CG will have a projected center of gravity or “balance point” or “CG projection” on theface plate 111 that is determined by animaginary line 240 passing through theCG 230 and oriented normal to theface plate 111. Thelocation 255 where theimaginary line 240 intersects theface plate 111 is the projectedCG point 255, which is typically expressed as a distance above or below thegeometric center 105 of theface plate 111. - When the projected
CG point 255 is well above thecenter 105 of the face, impact efficiency, which is measured by COR, is not maximized. It has been discovered that a fairway wood with a relatively lower CG projection or a CG projection located at or near an ideal impact location on the striking surface of the club face, as described more fully below, improves the impact efficiency of the golf club head as well as initial ball speed. One important ball launch parameter, namely ball spin, is also improved. - The distance from the
ground plane 210 to the ProjectedCG point 255 may also be an advantageous measurement of golf head playability, and may be represented by aCG plane 250 that is parallel to theground plane 210. Thedistance 260 from theground plane 210 to thisCG plane 250 representing CG projection on theface plate 111 may be referred to as the balance point up (BP Up), as also illustrated inFIG. 1C . In the advantageous examples disclosed herein, BP Up may be less than 23 mm, regardless of the position of a weight member along its path of travel, (e.g.,path 137 inFIGS. 5A and 9A ). In particular instances, BP Up may be lower than 22 mm for any position of the weight member along its path of travel. In still further examples, BP Up made be lower than 20 mm for any position of the weight member along its path of travel. - Additionally, “Zup,” as further described herein, may also provide an advantageous measurement of golf club head playability. Zup generally refers to the height of the CG above the ground plane as measured along the z-axis. For example, as illustrated in
FIG. 1B , animaginary line 232 representing Zup extends out from theCG 230 parallel to theground plane 210. - Fairway wood shots typically involve impacts that occur below the center of the face, and ball speed and launch parameters are often less than ideal. This results because most fairway wood shots are from the ground and not from a tee, and most golfers have a tendency to hit their fairway wood ground shots low on the face of the golf club head. Maximum ball speed is typically achieved when the ball is struck at a location on the striking face where the COR is greatest.
- For traditionally designed fairway woods, the location where the COR is greatest is the same as the location of the CG projection on the striking surface. This location, however, is generally higher on the striking surface than the below center location of typical ball impacts during play. In contrast to these conventional golf clubs, it has been discovered that greater shot distance is achieved by configuring the golf club head to have a CG projection that is located near to the center of the striking surface of the golf club head.
- It is known that the coefficient of restitution of a golf club may be increased by increasing the height Hss of the face plate—illustrated in
FIG. 1A as thedistance 204 between theground plane 210 and aplane 202 intersecting the top of the face plate—and/or by decreasing the thickness of the face plate of a golf club head. However, in the case of a fairway wood, hybrid, or rescue golf club, increasing the face height may be considered undesirable because doing so will potentially cause an undesirable change to the mass properties of the golf club (e.g., center of gravity location) and to the golf club's appearance. - The United States Golf Association (USGA) regulations constrain golf club head shapes, sizes, and moments of inertia. Due to these constraints, golf club manufacturers and designers struggle to produce golf club heads having maximum size and moment of inertia characteristics while maintaining all other golf club head characteristics. For example, one such constraint is a volume limitation of 460 cm3. In general, volume is measured using the water displacement method. However, the USGA will fill any significant cavities in the sole or series of cavities which have a collective volume of greater than 15 cm3.
- To produce a more forgiving golf club head, designers struggle to maximize certain parameters such as face area, moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis, and address area. A larger face area makes the golf club head more forgiving. Likewise, higher moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis makes the golf club head more forgiving. Similarly, a larger front to back dimension will generally increase moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis because mass is moved further from the center of gravity and the moment of inertia of a mass about a given axis is proportional to the square of the distance of the mass away from the axis. Additionally, a larger front to back dimension will generally lead to a larger address area which inspires confidence in the golfer when s/he addresses the golf ball.
- However, when designers seek to maximize the above parameters it becomes difficult to stay within the volume limits and golf club head mass targets. Additionally, the sole curvature begins to flatten as these parameters are maximized. A flat sole curvature provides poor acoustics. To counteract this problem, designers may add a significant amount of ribs to the internal cavity to stiffen the overall structure and/or thicken the sole material to stiffen the overall structure. See for example
FIGS. 55C and 55D and the corresponding text of U.S. Pub. No. 2016/0001146 A1, published Jan. 7, 2016. This, however, wastes discretionary mass that could be put elsewhere to improve other properties like moment of inertia about the z-axis and x-axis, or to permit adjustment of other mass properties such as BP Up or center of gravity movement. - A golf club head Characteristic Time (CT) can be described as a numerical characterization of the flexibility of a golf club head striking face. The CT may also vary at points distant from the center of the striking face, but may not vary greater than approximately 20% of the CT as measured at the center of the striking face. The CT values for the golf club heads described in the present application were calculated based on the method outlined in the USGA “Procedure for Measuring the Flexibility of a Golf Clubhead,” Revision 2.0, Mar. 25, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Specifically, the method described in the sections entitled “3. Summary of Method,” “5. Testing Apparatus Set-up and Preparation,” “6. Club Preparation and Mounting,” and “7. Club Testing” are exemplary sections that are relevant. Specifically, the characteristic time is the time for the velocity to rise from 5% of a maximum velocity to 95% of the maximum velocity under the test set forth by the USGA as described above.
-
FIGS. 1A-13 illustrate an exemplarygolf club head 100 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. This exemplary embodiment of a golf club head provides increased COR by increasing or enhancing the perimeter flexibility of aface plate 111 of the golf club without necessarily increasing the height or decreasing the thickness of theface plate 111. Additionally, it improves BP Up by positioning a significant amount of discretionary mass low and forward of the club head's center of gravity. For example,FIG. 2A is a bottom perspective view of agolf club head 100 having a high COR. Thegolf club head 100 comprises abody 102 having a hosel 162 (best illustrated in FIGS.1, 12, and 13), in which a golf club shaft may be inserted and secured to thegolf club head 100. Aweight member 140 may be at least partially secured within aweight channel 130 and secured with afastener 150 as further described below. Thegolf club head 100 defines a front end orface 104, an opposedrear end 110,heel side 106,toe side 108, lower side or sole 103, and upper side or crown 109 (all embodiments disclosed herein share similar directional references). - The
front end 104 includes a face plate 111 (FIG. 1A ) for striking a golf ball, which may be an integral part of the body 102 (e.g., thebody 102 andface plate 111 may be cast as a single part), or may comprise a separate insert. For embodiments where the face plate is not integral to thebody 102, thefront end 104 can include a face opening (not shown) to receive aface plate 111 that is attached to the body by welding, braising, soldering, screws or other fastening means. - Near the
face plate 111, afront channel 114 is formed in the sole 103. As illustrated inFIG. 11 , thefront channel 114 extends between alip 113 formed below or behind the frontground contact surface 112 and the intermediateground contact surface 116 into aninterior cavity 122 of thegolf club head 100. In some embodiments (not shown), thefront channel 114 may comprise a slot that is raised up from the sole 103, but does not extend fully into theinterior cavity 112. In some embodiments, the slot or channel may be provided with a slot or channel insert (not shown) to prevent dirt, grass, or other elements from entering theinterior cavity 122 of thebody 102 or from getting lodged in the slot or channel. Thefront channel 114 extends in a toe-heel direction across the sole, with a heelward end near thehosel 162 and an opposite toeward end. The front channel can improve coefficient of restitution across the striking face and can provide increased forgiveness on off-center ball strikes. For example, the presence of the front channel can expand zones of the highest COR across the face of the club, particularly at the bottom of the club face near the channel, so that a larger fraction of the face area has a COR above a desired value, especially at the lower regions of the face. More information regarding the construction and performance benefits of thefront channel 114 and similar front channels can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,870,678; 9,707,457; and 9,700,763, and U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2016/0023063 A1, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties, and various of the other publications that are incorporated by reference herein. - As best illustrated in
FIG. 4 , aweight channel 130 is separated from and positioned rearward of thefront channel 114 in a forward portion of the golf club head. Theweight channel 130 is further described below. Thebody 102 can include a frontground contact surface 112 on the body forward of thefront channel 114 adjacent the bottom of theface plate 111. The body can also have an intermediate ground contact surface, or sit pad, 116 rearward of thefront channel 114. The intermediateground contact surface 116 can have an elevation and curvature congruent with that of the frontground contact surface 112. Some embodiments may not include a front channel or slot in which case the intermediate ground contact surface may extend to the bottom of theface plate 111, thereby providing addition potential contact surface area. Thebody 102 can further comprise a downwardly extending rearsole surface 118 that extends around at least a portion of the perimeter of therear end 110 of the body. The rear sole surface may comprise one or morevisual markings 119 that may correspond to a visualweight position indicator 149 on aweight member 140 that may be positioned withinweight channel 130. In some embodiments, the rearsole surface 118 can act as a ground contact or sit pad as well, having a curvature and elevation congruent with that of the frontground contact surface 112 and the intermediateground contact surface 116. - The
body 102 can further include a raisedsole portion 160 that is recessed up from the rearsole surface 118. The raisedsole portion 160 can span over any portion of the sole 103, and in the illustrated embodiment the raisedsole portion 160 spans over most of the rearward portion of the sole. The sole 103 can include a sloped transition portion where the intermediateground contact surface 116 transitions up to the raisedsole portion 160. The sole can also include other similar sloped portions (not shown), such as around the boundary of the raisedsole portion 160. In some embodiments (not shown), one or more cantilevered ribs or struts can be included on the sole that span from the sloped transition portion to the raisedsole portion 160, to provide increased stiffness and rigidity to the sole. - The raised
sole portion 160 can optionally include grooves, channels, ridges, or other surface features that increase its rigidity. Similarly, the intermediateground contact surface 116 can include stiffening surface features, such as ridges, though grooves or other stiffening features can be substituted for the ridges. - A sole such as the sole 103 of the
golf club head 100 may be referred to as a two-tier construction, bi-level construction, raised sole construction, or dropped sole construction, in which one portion of the sole is raised or recessed relative to the other portion of the sole. The terms raised, lowered, recessed, dropped, etc. are relative terms depending on perspective. For example, the intermediateground contact surface 116 could be considered “raised” relative to the raisedsole portion 160 and theweight channel 130 when the head is upside down with the sole facing upwardly as inFIG. 2A . On the other hand, the intermediateground contact surface 116 portion can also be considered a “dropped sole” part of the sole, since it is located closer to the ground relative to the raisedsole portion 160 and theweight channel 130 when the golf club head is in a normal address position with the sole facing the ground. - Additional disclosure regarding the use of recessed or dropped soles is provided in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/515,401, filed on Jun. 5, 2017, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The raised sole constructions described herein and in the incorporated references are counterintuitive because the raised portion of the sole tends to raise the Iyy position, which is sometimes considered disadvantageous. However, the raised sole portion 160 (and other raised sole portions disclosed herein) allows for a smaller radius of curvature for that portion of the sole (compared to a conventional sole without the raised sole portion) resulting in increased rigidity and better acoustic properties due to the increased stiffness from the geometry. This stiffness increase means fewer ribs or even no ribs are needed in that portion of the sole to achieve a desired first mode frequency, such as 3000 Hz or above, 3200 Hz or above, or even 3400 Hz or above. Fewer ribs provides a mass/weight savings, which allows for more discretionary mass that can be strategically placed elsewhere in the golf club head or incorporated into user adjustable movable weights.
- Furthermore, sloped transition portions around the raised
sole portion 160, as well as optional grooves and ridges associated therewith can provide additional structural support and additional rigidity for the golf club head, and can also modify and even fine tune the acoustic properties of the golf club head. The sound and modal frequencies emitted by the golf club head when it strikes a golf ball are very important to the sensory experience of a golfer and provide functional feedback as to where the ball impact occurs on the face (and whether the ball is well struck). - In some embodiments, the raised
sole portion 160 can be made of a relatively thinner and/or less dense material compared to other portions of the sole and body that take more stress, such as the ground contact surfaces 112, 116, 118, the face region, and the hosel region. By reducing the mass of the raisedsole portion 160, the higher CG effect of raising that portion of the sole is mitigated while maintaining a stronger, heavier material on other portions of the sole and body to promote a lower CG and provide added strength in the area of the sole and body where it is most needed (e.g., in a sole region proximate to the hosel and around the face and shaft connection components where stress is higher). - The
body 102 can also include one or more internal ribs, such asribs 192, as best shown inFIG. 10 , that are integrally formed with or attached to the inner surfaces of the body. Such ribs can vary in size, shape, location, number and stiffness, and can be used strategically to reinforce or stiffen designated areas of the body's interior and/or fine tune acoustic properties of the golf club head. - Generally, the center of gravity (CG) of a golf club head is the average location of the weight of the golf club head or the point at which the entire weight of the golf club-head may be considered as concentrated so that if supported at this point the head would remain in equilibrium in any position. A golf club head origin coordinate system can be defined such that the location of various features of the golf club head, including the CG, can be determined with respect to a golf club head origin positioned at the geometric center of the striking surface and when the club-head is at the normal address position (i.e., the club-head position wherein a vector normal to the club face substantially lies in a first vertical plane perpendicular to the ground plane, the centerline axis of the club shaft substantially lies in a second substantially vertical plane, and the first vertical plane and the second substantially vertical plane substantially perpendicularly intersect).
- The head origin coordinate system defined with respect to the head origin includes three axes: a head origin z-axis (or simply “z-axis”) extending through the head origin in a generally vertical direction relative to the ground; a head origin x-axis (or simply “x-axis”) extending through the head origin in a toe-to-heel direction generally parallel to the striking surface (e.g., generally tangential to the striking surface at the center) and generally perpendicular to the z-axis; and a head origin y-axis (or simply “y-axis”) extending through the head origin in a front-to-back direction and generally perpendicular to the x-axis and to the z-axis. The x-axis and the y-axis both extend in generally horizontal directions relative to the ground when the golf club head is at the normal address position. The x-axis extends in a positive direction from the origin towards the heel of the golf club head. The y axis extends in a positive direction from the head origin towards the rear portion of the golf club head. The z-axis extends in a positive direction from the origin towards the crown. Thus for example, and using millimeters as the unit of measure, a CG that is located 3.2 mm from the head origin toward the toe of the golf club head along the x-axis, 36.7 mm from the head origin toward the rear of the clubhead along the y-axis, and 4.1 mm from the head origin toward the sole of the golf club head along the z-axis can be defined as having a CXx of −3.2 mm, a CGy of +36.7 mm, and a CGz of −4.1 mm.
- Further as used herein, Delta 1 is a measure of how far rearward in the golf club head body the CG is located. More specifically, Delta 1 is the distance between the CG and the hosel axis along the y axis (in the direction straight toward the back of the body of the golf club face from the geometric center of the striking face). It has been observed that smaller values of Delta 1 result in lower projected CGs on the golf club head face. Thus, for embodiments of the disclosed golf club heads in which the projected CG on the ball striking club face is lower than the geometric center, reducing Delta 1 can lower the projected CG and increase the distance between the geometric center and the projected CG. Note also that a lower projected CG can promote a higher launch and a reduction in backspin due to the z-axis gear effect. Thus, for particular embodiments of the disclosed golf club heads, in some cases the Delta 1 values are relatively low, thereby reducing the amount of backspin on the golf ball helping the golf ball obtain the desired high launch, low spin trajectory.
- Similarly, Delta 2 is the distance between the CG and the hosel axis along the x axis (in the direction straight toward the back of the body of the golf club face from the geometric center of the striking face).
- Adjusting the location of the discretionary mass in a golf club head as described herein can provide the desired Delta 1 value. For instance, Delta 1 can be manipulated by varying the mass in front of the CG (closer to the face) with respect to the mass behind the CG. That is, by increasing the mass behind the CG with respect to the mass in front of the CG, Delta 1 can be increased. In a similar manner, by increasing the mass in front of the CG with the respect to the mass behind the CG, Delta 1 can be decreased.
- In addition to the position of the CG of a club-head with respect to the head origin another important property of a golf club-head is the projected CG point, e.g., projected
CG point 255 discussed above. This projected CG point (also referred to as “CG Proj”) can also be referred to as the “zero-torque” point because it indicates the point on the ball striking club face that is centered with the CG. Thus, if a golf ball makes contact with the club face at the projected CG point, the golf club head will not twist about any axis of rotation since no torque is produced by the impact of the golf ball. A negative number for this property indicates that the projected CG point is below the geometric center of the face. So, in the exemplary golf club head illustrated inFIG. 1B , because the projectedCG point 255 is located below thegeometric center 105 of thegolf club head 100 on theclub face 111, this property would be expected to have a negative value. As discussed above, this point can also be measured using a value (BP Up) that measures the distance of theCG point 255 from theground plane 210. - In terms of the MOI of the club-head (i.e., a resistance to twisting) it is typically measured about each of the three main axes of a club-head with the CG as the origin of the coordinate system. These three axes include a CG z-axis extending through the CG in a generally vertical direction relative to the ground when the golf club head is at normal address position; a CG x-axis extending through the CG origin in a toe-to-heel direction generally parallel to the striking surface (e.g., generally tangential to the striking surface at the club face center), and generally perpendicular to the CG z-axis; and a CG y-axis extending through the CG origin in a front-to-back direction and generally perpendicular to the CG x-axis and to the CG z-axis. The CG x-axis and the CG y-axis both extend in generally horizontal directions relative to the ground when the golf club head is at normal address position. The CG x-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin to the heel of the golf club head. The CG y-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin towards the rear portion of the golf club head. The CG z-axis extends in a positive direction from the CG origin towards the crown. Thus, the axes of the CG origin coordinate system are parallel to corresponding axes of the head origin coordinate system. In particular, the CG z-axis is parallel to the z-axis, the CG x-axis is parallel to the x-axis, and CG y-axis is parallel to the y-axis.
- Specifically, a golf club head has a moment of inertia about the vertical CG z-axis (“Izz”), a moment of inertia about the heel/toe CG x-axis (“Ixx”), and a moment of inertia about the front/back CG y-axis (“Iyy”). Typically, however, the MOI about the CG z-axis (Izz) and the CG x-axis (Ixx) is most relevant to golf club head forgiveness.
- A moment of inertia about the golf club head CG x-axis (Ixx) is calculated by the following Equation 1:
-
Ixx=∫(y 2 +z 2)dm (1) - where y is the distance from a golf club head CG xz-plane to an infinitesimal mass dm and z is the distance from a golf club head CG xy-plane to the infinitesimal mass dm. The golf club head CG xz-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CG x-axis and the golf club head CG z-axis. The CG xy-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CGx-axis and the golf club head CG y-axis.
- Similarly, a moment of inertia about the golf club head CG z-axis (Izz) is calculated by the following Equation 2:
-
Izz=∫(x 2 +y 2)dm (2) - where x is the distance from a golf club head CG yz-plane to an infinitesimal mass dm and y is the distance from the golf club head CG xz-plane to the infinitesimal mass dm. The golf club head CG yz-plane is a plane defined by the golf club head CG y-axis and the golf club head CG z-axis.
- A further description of the coordinate systems for determining CG positions and MOI can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,430, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- An alternative, above ground, club head coordinate system places the head origin at the intersection of the z-axis and the ground plane, providing positive z-axis coordinates for every club head feature. As used herein, “Zup” means the CG z-axis location determined according to this above ground coordinate system. Zup generally refers to the height of the CG above the
ground plane 210 as measured along the z-axis, which is illustrated, e.g., byZup line 232 extending from theCG 230 illustrated inFIG. 1B . - As described herein, desired golf club head mass moments of inertia, golf club head center-of-gravity locations, and other mass properties of a golf club head can be attained by distributing golf club head mass to particular locations. Discretionary mass generally refers to the mass of material that can be removed from various structures providing mass that can be distributed elsewhere for tuning one or more mass moments of inertia and/or locating the golf club head center-of-gravity.
- Golf club head walls provide one source of discretionary mass. In other words, a reduction in wall thickness reduces the wall mass and provides mass that can be distributed elsewhere. Thin walls, particularly a
thin crown 109, provide significant discretionary mass compared to conventional golf club heads. For example, a golf club head made from an alloy of steel can achieve about 4 grams of discretionary mass for each 0.1 mm reduction in average crown thickness. Similarly, a golf club head made from an alloy of titanium can achieve about 2.5 grams of discretionary mass for each 0.1 mm reduction in average crown thickness. Discretionary mass achieved using a thin crown, e.g., less than about 0.65 mm, can be used to tune one or more mass moments of inertia and/or center-of-gravity location. - To achieve a thin wall on the golf
club head body 102, such as athin crown 109, a golfclub head body 102 can be formed from an alloy of steel or an alloy of titanium. For further details concerning titanium casting, please refer to U.S. Pat. No. 7,513,296, incorporated herein by reference. - Additionally, the thickness of the
hosel 162 may be varied to provide for additional discretionary mass, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,731,176, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. - Various approaches can be used for positioning discretionary mass within a golf club head. For example, golf club heads may have one or more integral mass pads (not shown in the illustrated embodiments) cast into the head at predetermined locations that can be used to lower, to move forward, to move rearward, or otherwise to adjust the location of the golf club head's center-of-gravity, as further described herein. Also, epoxy can be added to the interior of the golf club head, such as through an epoxy port 115 (illustrated in
FIGS. 1 and 8 ) in the golf club head to obtain a desired weight distribution. Alternatively, weights formed of high-density materials can be attached to the sole or other parts of a golf club head, as further described, for example, in co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/859,071, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. With such methods of distributing the discretionary mass, installation is critical because the golf club head endures significant loads during impact with a golf ball that can dislodge the weight. Accordingly, such weights are usually permanently attached to the golf club head and are limited to a fixed total mass, which of course, permanently fixes the golf club head's center-of-gravity and moments of inertia. - Alternatively, weights can be attached in a manner which allows adjustment of certain mass properties of the golf club head. For example,
FIG. 2A illustrates positioning aweight member 140 within aweight channel 130, as further described below. - As shown in
FIG. 2B , thegolf club head 100 can optionally include aseparate crown insert 168 that is secured to thebody 102, such as by applying a layer of epoxy adhesive 167 or other securement means, such as bolts, rivets, snap fit, other adhesives, or other joining methods or any combination thereof, to cover a large opening 190 (illustrated inFIG. 10 ) at the top and rear of the body, forming part of thecrown 109 of the golf club head. Thecrown insert 168 covers a substantial portion of the crown's surface area as, for example, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70% or at least 80% of the crown's surface area. The crown's outer boundary generally terminates where the crown surface undergoes a significant change in radius of curvature, e.g., near where the crown transitions to the golf club head's sole 103,hosel 162, andfront end 104. - As best illustrated in
FIG. 10 , the crown can be formed to have a recessed peripheral ledge orseat 170 to receive thecrown insert 168, such that the crown insert is either flush with the adjacent surfaces of the body to provide a smooth seamless outer surface or, alternatively, slightly recessed below the body surfaces. The front of thecrown insert 168 can join with a front portion of thecrown 109 on the body to form a continuous, arched crown extend forward to the face. A forwardmost portion of the recessed ledge can extend forward of a rearward-most portion of the hosel such that a first distance to the rearward-most portion of the hosel is greater than a second distance to the forwardmost portion of the recessed ledge as measured relative to the y-axis. Thecrown insert 168 can comprise any suitable material (e.g., lightweight composite and/or polymeric materials) and can be attached to the body in any suitable manner, as described in more detail elsewhere herein. - A wood-type golf club head, such as
golf club head 100 and the other wood-type club heads disclosed herein have a volume, typically measured in cubic-centimeters (cm3) equal to the volumetric displacement of the club head, assuming any apertures are sealed by a substantially planar surface. (See United States Golf Association “Procedure for Measuring the Club Head Size of Wood Clubs,” Revision 1.0, Nov. 21, 2003). In other words, for a golf club head with one or more weight ports within the head, it is assumed that the weight ports are either not present or are “covered” by regular, imaginary surfaces, such that the club head volume is not affected by the presence or absence of ports. - In some embodiments, as in the case of a fairway wood (as illustrated), the golf club head may have a volume between about 100 cm3 and about 300 cm3, such as between about 150 cm3 and about 250 cm3, or between about 130 cm3 and about 190 cm3, or between about 125 cm3 and about 240 cm3, and a total mass between about 125 g and about 260 g, or between about 200 g and about 250 g. In the case of a utility or hybrid club (analogous to the illustrated embodiments), the golf club head may have a volume between about 60 cm3 and about 150 cm3, or between about 85 cm3 and about 120 cm3, and a total mass between about 125 g and about 280 g, or between about 200 g and about 250 g. In the case of a driver (analogous to the illustrated embodiments), any of the disclosed golf club heads can have a volume between about 300 cm3 and about 600 cm3, between about 350 cm3 and about 600 cm3, and/or between about 350 cm3 and about 500 cm3, and can have a total mass between about 145 g and about 260 g, such as between about 195 g and about 205 g.
- In some of the embodiments described herein, a comparatively forgiving golf club head for a fairway wood can combine an overall golf club head height (Hch)-illustrated in
FIG. 1B as thedistance 280 from aground plane 210 to aparallel height plane 270 at acrown 109 of the golf club head 100- of less than about 46 mm and an above ground balance point (BP Up) between 10 and 25 mm, such as a BP Up of less than about 23 mm. Some examples of the golf club head provide a BP Up less than about 22 mm, less than about 21 mm, or less than about 20 mm. In some of these golf club heads, Zup may be between 10 and 20 mm, such as less than 17 mm, less than 16 mm, less than 15 mm, or less than 14 mm. Some examples of the golf club head provide a first crown height at a face-to-crown transition region where the face connects to the crown near a front end of the body, a second crown height at a crown-to-skirt transition region where the crown connects to a skirt of the golf club head near a rear end of the body, and a third crown height located rearward of the first crown height and forward of the second crown height and the third crown height is greater than both the first and second crown heights. - The
crown insert 168, disclosed in various embodiments herein, can help overcome manufacturing challenges associated with conventional golf club heads having normal continuous crowns made of titanium or other metals, and can replace a relatively heavy component of the crown with a lighter material, freeing up discretionary mass which can be strategically allocated elsewhere within the golf club head. In certain embodiments, the crown may comprise a composite material, such as those described herein and in the incorporated disclosures, such as a composite material having a density of less than 2 grams per cubic centimeter. In still further embodiments, the material has a density of no more than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter, or a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter. Providing a lighter crown further provides the golf club head with additional discretionary mass, which can be used elsewhere within the golf club head to serve the purposes of the designer. For example, with the discretionary mass,additional ribs 192 can be strategically added to the hollow interior of the golf club head and thereby improve the acoustic properties of the head. Discretionary mass in the form of ribs, mass pads or other features also can be strategically located in the interior, or even on the exterior of the golf club head to shift the effective CG fore or aft, toeward or heelward or both (apart from any further CG adjustments made possible by adjustable weight features) or to improve desirable MOI characteristics, as further described herein. - Methods of making any of the golf club heads disclosed herein, or associated golf clubs, may include one or more of the following steps:
- forming a frame having a sole opening, forming a composite laminate sole insert, injection molding a thermoplastic composite head component over the sole insert to create a sole insert unit, and joining the sole insert unit to the frame, as described in more detail in the incorporated U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/440,886;
- providing a composite head component which is a weight track capable of supporting one or more slidable weights;
- forming the sole insert and/or crown insert from a thermoplastic composite material having a matrix compatible for bonding with the weight track;
- forming the sole insert and/or crown insert from a continuous fiber composite material having continuous fibers selected from the group consisting of glass fibers, aramide fibers, carbon fibers and any combination thereof, and having a thermoplastic matrix consisting of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamides, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, polyamide-amides (PAI), polyether amides (PEI), polyetheretherketones (PEEK), and any combinations thereof, wherein the sole insert is formed from a composite material having a density of less than 2 grams per cubic centimeter. In still further embodiments, the material has a density of less than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter, or a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter and the sole insert has a thickness of from about 0.195 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 0.75 mm, more preferably from about 0.3 mm to about 0.65 mm, even more preferably from about 0.36 mm to about 0.56 mm;
- forming both the sole insert and/or crown insert and weight track from thermoplastic composite materials having a compatible matrix;
- forming the sole insert and/or crown insert from a thermosetting material, coating the sole insert with a heat activated adhesive, and forming the weight track from a thermoplastic material capable of being injection molded over the sole insert after the coating step;
- forming the frame from a material selected from the group consisting of titanium, one or more titanium alloys, aluminum, one or more aluminum alloys, steel, one or more steel alloys, and any combination thereof;
- forming the frame with a crown opening, forming a crown insert from a composite laminate material, and joining the crown insert to the frame such that the crown insert overlies the crown opening;
- selecting a composite head component from the group consisting of one or more ribs to reinforce the head, one or more ribs to tune acoustic properties of the head, one or more weight ports to receive a fixed weight in a sole portion of the club head, one or more weight tracks to receive a slidable weight, and combinations thereof;
- forming the sole insert and crown insert from a continuous carbon fiber composite material;
- forming the sole insert and crown insert by thermosetting using materials suitable for thermosetting, and coating the sole insert with a heat activated adhesive;
- forming the frame from titanium, titanium alloy or a combination thereof and has a crown opening, and the sole insert and weight track are each formed from a thermoplastic carbon fiber material having a matrix selected from the group consisting of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamides, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, polyamide-amides (PAI), polyether amides (PEI), polyetheretherketones (PEEK), and any combinations thereof;
- forming the frame with a crown opening, forming a crown insert from a thermoplastic composite material, and joining the crown insert to the frame such that it overlies the crown opening; and
- providing a crown to sole stiffening member, as described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 9,693,291, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The bodies of the golf club heads disclosed herein, and optionally other components of the club heads as well, serve as frames and may be made from a variety of different types of suitable materials. In some embodiments, for example, the body and/or other head components can be made of a metal material such as steel and steel alloys, a titanium or titanium alloy (including but not limited to 6-4 titanium, 3-2.5, 6-4, SP700, 15-3-3-3, 10-2-3, or other alpha/near alpha, alpha-beta, and beta/near beta titanium alloys), or aluminum and aluminum alloys (including but not limited to 3000 series alloys, 5000 series alloys, 6000 series alloys, such as 6061-T6, and 7000 series alloys, such as 7075). The body may be formed by conventional casting, metal stamping or other known processes. The body also may be made of other metals as well as non-metals. The body can provide a framework or skeleton for the club head to strengthen the club head in areas of high stress caused by the golf ball's impact with the face, such as the transition region where the club head transitions from the face to the crown area, sole area and skirt area located between the sole and crown areas.
- In some embodiments, the sole insert and/or crown insert of the club head may be made from a variety of composite materials and/or polymeric materials, such as from a thermoplastic material, preferably from a thermoplastic composite laminate material, and most preferably from a thermoplastic carbon composite laminate material. For example, the composite material may comprise an injection moldable material, thermoformable material, thermoset composite material or other composite material suitable for golf club head applications. One exemplary material is a thermoplastic continuous carbon fiber composite laminate material having long, aligned carbon fibers in a PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) matrix or base. One commercial example of this type of material, which is manufactured in sheet form, is TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 manufactured by Lanxess.
- TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 is a high strength, lightweight material having multiple layers of continuous carbon fiber reinforcement in a PPS thermoplastic matrix or polymer to embed the fibers. The material may have a 54% fiber volume but other volumes (such as a volume of 42% to 57%) will suffice. The material weighs about 200 g/m2.
- Another similar exemplary material which may be used for the crown insert and/or sole insert is TEPEX® DYNALITE 208. This material also has a carbon fiber volume range of 42% to 57%, including a 45% volume in one example, and a weight of 200 g/m2. DYNALITE 208 differs from DYNALITE 207 in that it has a TPU (thermoplastic polyurethane) matrix or base rather than a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) matrix.
- By way of example, the TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 sheet(s) (or other selected material such as DYNALITE 208) are oriented in different directions, placed in a two-piece (male/female) matched die, heated past the melt temperature, and formed to shape when the die is closed. This process may be referred to as thermoforming and is especially well-suited for forming sole and crown inserts.
- Once the crown insert and/or sole insert are formed (separately) by the thermoforming process just described, each is cooled and removed from the matched die. The sole and crown inserts are shown as having a uniform thickness, which lends itself well to the thermoforming process and ease of manufacture. However, the sole and crown inserts may have a variable thickness to strengthen select local areas of the insert by, for example, adding additional plies in select areas to enhance durability, acoustic or other properties in those areas.
- A crown insert and/or sole insert can have a complex three-dimensional curvature corresponding generally to the crown and sole shapes of a fairway wood-type club head and specifically to the design specifications and dimensions of the particular head designed by the manufacturer. It will be appreciated that other types of club heads, such as drivers, utility clubs (also known as hybrid clubs), rescue clubs, and the like may be manufactured using one or more of the principles, methods and materials described herein.
- In an alternative embodiment, the sole insert and/or crown insert can be made by a process other than thermoforming, such as injection molding or thermosetting. In a thermoset process, the sole insert and/or crown insert may be made from prepreg plies of woven or unidirectional composite fiber fabric (such as carbon fiber) that is preimpregnated with resin and hardener formulations that activate when heated. The prepreg plies are placed in a mold suitable for a thermosetting process, such as a compression mold, e.g., a metal matched compression mold, or a bladder mold, and stacked/oriented with the carbon or other fibers oriented in different directions. The plies are heated to activate the chemical reaction and form the sole (or crown) insert. Each insert is cooled and removed from its respective mold. Additional disclosure regarding methods of forming sole and/or crown inserts can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 9,579,549, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference.
- The carbon fiber reinforcement material for the thermoset sole/crown insert may be a carbon fiber known as “34-700” fiber, available from Grafil, Inc., of Sacramento, Calif., which has a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and tensile strength of 4500 Mpa (650 Ksi). Another suitable fiber, also available from Grafil, Inc., is a carbon fiber known as “TR50S” fiber which has a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and tensile strength of 4900 Mpa (710 Ksi). Exemplary epoxy resins for the prepreg plies used to form the thermoset crown and sole inserts are Newport 301 and 350 and are available from Newport Adhesives & Composites, Inc., of Irvine, Calif.
- In one example, the prepreg sheets have a quasi-isotropic fiber reinforcement of 34-700 fiber having an areal weight of about 70 g/m2 and impregnated with an epoxy resin (e.g., Newport 301), resulting in a resin content (R/C) of about 40%. For convenience of reference, the primary composition of a prepreg sheet can be specified in abbreviated form by identifying its fiber areal weight, type of fiber, e.g., 70 FAW 34-700. The abbreviated form can further identify the resin system and resin content, e.g., 70 FAW 34-700/301, R/C 40%.
- Once the sole insert and crown insert are formed, they can be joined to the body in a manner that creates a strong integrated construction adapted to withstand normal stress, loading and wear and tear expected of commercial golf clubs. For example, the sole insert and crown insert each may be bonded to the frame using epoxy adhesive, such as an adhesive applied between an interior surface of each respective insert and a corresponding exterior surface of the body, with the crown insert seated in and overlying the crown opening and the sole insert seated in and overlying the sole opening. Alternatively, a sole insert or crown insert may be attached inside an internal cavity of the body and then subsequently attached by securing an exterior surface of the insert to an interior surface of the body. Alternative attachment methods for bonding an insert to either an internal or an external surface of the body include bolts, rivets, snap fit, adhesives, other known joining methods or any combination thereof.
- Exemplary polymers for the embodiments described herein may include without limitation, synthetic and natural rubbers, thermoset polymers such as thermoset polyurethanes or thermoset polyureas, as well as thermoplastic polymers including thermoplastic elastomers such as thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyureas, metallocene catalyzed polymer, unimodalethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, polyamides (PA), polyketones (PK), copolyamides, polyesters, copolyesters, polycarbonates, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cyclic olefin copolymers (COC), polyolefins, halogenated polyolefins [e.g. chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)], halogenated polyalkylene compounds, polyalkenamer, polyphenylene oxides, polyphenylene sulfides, diallylphthalate polymers, polyimides, polyvinyl chlorides, polyamide-ionomers, polyurethane ionomers, polyvinyl alcohols, polyarylates, polyacrylates, polyphenylene ethers, impact-modified polyphenylene ethers, polystyrenes, high impact polystyrenes, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, styrene-acrylonitriles (SAN), acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylonitriles, styrene-maleic anhydride (S/MA) polymers, styrenic block copolymers including styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS), styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene, (SEBS) and styrene-ethylene-propylene-styrene (SEPS), styrenic terpolymers , functionalized styrenic block copolymers including hydroxylated, functionalized styrenic copolymers, and terpolymers, cellulosic polymers, liquid crystal polymers (LCP), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymers (EPDM), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene-propylene copolymers, propylene elastomers (such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,157, to Kim et al, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference), ethylene vinyl acetates, polyureas, and polysiloxanes and any and all combinations thereof.
- Of these preferred are polyamides (PA), polyphthalimide (PPA), polyketones (PK), copolyamides, polyesters, copolyesters, polycarbonates, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), cyclic olefin copolymers (COC), polyphenylene oxides, diallylphthalate polymers, polyarylates, polyacrylates, polyphenylene ethers, and impact-modified polyphenylene ethers. Especially preferred polymers for use in the golf club heads of the present invention are the family of so called high performance engineering thermoplastics which are known for their toughness and stability at high temperatures. These polymers include the polysulfones, the polyetherimides, and the polyamide-imides. Of these, the most preferred are the polysufones.
- Aromatic polysulfones are a family of polymers produced from the condensation polymerization of 4,4′-dichlorodiphenylsulfone with itself or one or more dihydric phenols. The aromatic polysulfones include the thermoplastics sometimes called polyether sulfones, and the general structure of their repeating unit has a diaryl sulfone structure which may be represented as -arylene-SO2-arylene-. These units may be linked to one another by carbon-to-carbon bonds, carbon-oxygen-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur-carbon bonds, or via a short alkylene linkage, so as to form a thermally stable thermoplastic polymer. Polymers in this family are completely amorphous, exhibit high glass-transition temperatures, and offer high strength and stiffness properties even at high temperatures, making them useful for demanding engineering applications. The polymers also possess good ductility and toughness and are transparent in their natural state by virtue of their fully amorphous nature. Additional key attributes include resistance to hydrolysis by hot water/steam and excellent resistance to acids and bases. The polysulfones are fully thermoplastic, allowing fabrication by most standard methods such as injection molding, extrusion, and thermoforming. They also enjoy a broad range of high temperature engineering uses.
- Three commercially significant polysulfones are:
- polysulfone (PSU);
- Polyethersulfone (PES also referred to as PESU); and
- Polyphenylene sulfoner (PPSU).
- Particularly important and preferred aromatic polysulfones are those comprised of repeating units of the structure —C6H4SO2—C6H4—O—where C6H4 represents an m- or p-phenylene structure. The polymer chain can also comprise repeating units such as —C6H4—, C6H4—O—, —C6H4—(lower-alkylene)-C6H4—O—, —C6H4—O—C6H4—O—, —C6H4—S—C6H4—O— and other thermally stable substantially-aromatic difunctional groups known in the art of engineering thermoplastics. Also included are the so called modified polysulfones where the individual aromatic rings are further substituted in one or substituents including
- wherein R is independently at each occurrence, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group or a combination thereof. The halogen atom includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. The hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a C1-C20 alkyl group, a C2-C20 alkenyl group, a C3-C20 cycloalkyl group, a C3-C20 cycloalkenyl group, and a C6-C20 aromatic hydrocarbon group. These hydrocarbon groups may be partly substituted by a halogen atom or atoms, or may be partly substituted by a polar group or groups other than the halogen atom or atoms. As specific examples of the C1-C20 alkyl group, there can be mentioned methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, amyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl and dodecyl groups. As specific examples of the C2-C20 alkenyl group, there can be mentioned propenyl, isopropepyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyland hexenyl groups. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkyl group, there can be mentionedcyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkenyl group, there can be mentioned cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl groups. As specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, there can be mentioned phenyl and naphthyl groups or a combination thereof.
- Individual preferred polymers, include, the polysulfone made by condensation polymerization of bisphenol A and 4,4′-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone in the presence of base, and having the main repeating structure
- having the abbreviation PSF and sold under the tradenames Udel®, Ultrason® S, Eviva®, RTP PSU, the polysulfone made by condensation polymerization of 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl and 4,4′-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone in the presence of base, and having the main repeating structure
- having the abbreviation PPSF and sold under the tradenames RADEL® resin; and a condensation polymer made from 4,4′-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone in the presence of base and having the principle repeating structure
- having the abbreviation PPSF and sometimes called a “polyether sulfone” and sold under the tradenames Ultrason® E, LNP™, Veradel®PESU, Sumikaexce, and VICTREX® resin, and any and all combinations thereof.
- In some embodiments, a composite material, such as a carbon composite, made of a composite including multiple plies or layers of a fibrous material (e.g., graphite, or carbon fiber including turbostratic or graphitic carbon fiber or a hybrid structure with both graphitic and turbostratic parts present. Examples of some of these composite materials for use in the metalwood golf clubs and their fabrication procedures are described in U.S. Reissue Pat. No. RE41,577; U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,267,620; 7,140,974; 8,096,897; 7,628,712; 7,985,146; 7,874,936; 7,874,937; 8,628,434; and 7,874,938; and U.S. Patent Pub. Nos. 2008/0149267 and 2009/0163289, which are all incorporated herein by reference. The composite material may be manufactured according to the methods described at least in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2008/0149267, the entire contents of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- Alternatively, short or long fiber-reinforced formulations of the previously referenced polymers. Exemplary formulations include a Nylon 6/6 polyamide formulation which is 30% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 285. The material has a Tensile Strength of 35000 psi (241 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a Tensile Elongation of 2.0-3.0% as measured by ASTM D 638; a Tensile Modulus of 3.30×106 psi (22754 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 638; a Flexural Strength of 50000 psi (345 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790; and a Flexural Modulus of 2.60×106 psi (17927 MPa) as measured by ASTM D 790.
- Also included is a polyphthalamide (PPA) formulation which is 40% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 4087 UP. This material has a Tensile Strength of 360 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.4% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 41500 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 580 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 34500 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- Also included is a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) formulation which is 30% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 1385 UP. This material has a Tensile Strength of 255 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.3% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 28500 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 385 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 23,000 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- An example is a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 20% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 983. This material has a Tensile Strength of 124 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 2% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 11032 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 186 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 9653 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- Another example is a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 30% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 985. This material has a Tensile Strength of 138 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1.2% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 20685 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 193 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 12411 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- Also an option is a polysulfone (PSU) formulation which is 40% Carbon Fiber Filled and available commercially from RTP Company under the trade name RTP 987. This material has a Tensile Strength of 155 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Elongation of 1% as measured by ISO 527; a Tensile Modulus of 24132 MPa as measured by ISO 527; a Flexural Strength of 241 MPa as measured by ISO 178; and a Flexural Modulus of 19306 MPa as measured by ISO 178.
- The foregoing materials are well-suited for composite, polymer and insert components of the embodiments disclosed herein, as distinguished from components which preferably are made of metal or metal alloys.
- Additional details regarding providing composite soles and/or crowns and crown layups are provided in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2016/0001146, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- As described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,623,378, filed Jun. 11, 2001, entitled “METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING AND GOLF CLUB HEAD” and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, the crown or outer shell of the
golf club head 100 may be made of a composite material, such as, for example, a carbon fiber reinforced epoxy, carbon fiber reinforced polymer, or a polymer. Additionally, U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2004/0116207 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,969,326, also incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, describe golf club heads with lightweight crowns. Furthermore, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/974,437 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,591), also incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, describes golf club heads with lightweight crowns and soles. - In some embodiments, composite materials used to construct the crown and/or sole insert should exhibit high strength and rigidity over a broad temperature range as well as good wear and abrasion behavior and be resistant to stress cracking. Such properties include (1) a Tensile Strength at room temperature of from about 7 ksi to about 330 ksi, preferably of from about 8 ksi to about 305 ksi, more preferably of from about 200 ksi to about 300 ksi, even more preferably of from about 250 ksi to about 300 ksi (as measured by ASTM D 638 and/or ASTM D 3039); (2) a Tensile Modulus at room temperature of from about 0.4 Msi to about 23 Msi, preferably of from about 0.46 Msi to about 21 Msi, more preferably of from about 0.46 Msi to about 19 Msi (as measured by ASTM D 638 and/or ASTM D 3039); (3) a Flexural Strength at room temperature of from about 13 ksi to about 300 ksi, from about 14 ksi to about 290 ksi, more preferably of from about 50 ksi to about 285 ksi, even more preferably of from about 100 ksi to about 280 ksi (as measured by ASTM D 790); and (4) a Flexural Modulus at room temperature of from about 0.4 Msi to about 21 Msi, from about 0.5 Msi to about 20 Msi, more preferably of from about 10 Msi to about 19 Msi (as measured by ASTM D 790).
- In certain embodiments, composite materials that are useful for making club-head components comprise a fiber portion and a resin portion. In general, the resin portion serves as a “matrix” in which the fibers are embedded in a defined manner. In a composite for club-heads, the fiber portion is configured as multiple fibrous layers or plies that are impregnated with the resin component. The fibers in each layer have a respective orientation, which is typically different from one layer to the next and precisely controlled. The usual number of layers for a striking face is substantial, e.g., forty or more. However, for a sole or crown, the number of layers can be substantially decreased to, e.g., three or more, four or more, five or more, six or more, examples of which will be provided below. During fabrication of the composite material, the layers (each comprising respectively oriented fibers impregnated in uncured or partially cured resin; each such layer being called a “prepreg” layer) are placed superposedly in a “lay-up” manner. After forming the prepreg lay-up, the resin is cured to a rigid condition. If interested a specific strength may be calculated by dividing the tensile strength by the density of the material. This is also known as the strength-to-weight ratio or strength/weight ratio.
- In tests involving certain club-head configurations, composite portions formed of prepreg plies having a relatively low fiber areal weight (FAW) have been found to provide superior attributes in several areas, such as impact resistance, durability, and overall club performance. FAW is the weight of the fiber portion of a given quantity of prepreg, in units of g/m2. Crown and/or sole panels may be formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m2 and 200 g/m2 and a density between about 1 g/cc and 2 g/cc. However, FAW values below 100 g/m2, and more desirably 75 g/m2 or less, can be particularly effective. A particularly suitable fibrous material for use in making prepreg plies is carbon fiber, as noted. More than one fibrous material can be used. In other embodiments, however, prepreg plies having FAW values below 70 g/m2 and above 100 g/m2 may be used. Generally, cost is the primary prohibitive factor in prepreg plies having FAW values below 70 g/m2.
- In particular embodiments, multiple low-FAW prepreg plies can be stacked and still have a relatively uniform distribution of fiber across the thickness of the stacked plies. In contrast, at comparable resin-content (R/C, in units of percent) levels, stacked plies of prepreg materials having a higher FAW tend to have more significant resin-rich regions, particularly at the interfaces of adjacent plies, than stacked plies of low-FAW materials. Resin-rich regions tend to reduce the efficacy of the fiber reinforcement, particularly since the force resulting from golf-ball impact is generally transverse to the orientation of the fibers of the fiber reinforcement. The prepreg plies used to form the panels desirably comprise carbon fibers impregnated with a suitable resin, such as epoxy. An example carbon fiber is “34-700” carbon fiber (available from Grafil, Sacramento, Calif.), having a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4500 Mpa (650 Ksi). Another Grafil fiber that can be used is “TR50S” carbon fiber, which has a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4900 Mpa (710 ksi). Suitable epoxy resins are types “301” and “350” (available from Newport Adhesives and Composites, Irvine, Calif.). An exemplary resin content (R/C) is between 33% and 40%, preferably between 35% and 40%, more preferably between 36% and 38%.
- Some of the embodiments of the
golf club head 100 discussed throughout this application may include a separate crown, sole, and/or face that may be a composite, such as, for example, a carbon fiber reinforced epoxy, carbon fiber reinforced polymer, or a polymer crown, sole, and/or face. Alternatively, the crown, sole, and/or face may be made from a less dense material, such as, for example, Titanium or Aluminum. A portion of the crown may be cast from either steel (−7.8-8.05 g/cm3) or titanium (−4.43 g/cm3) while a majority of the crown may be made from a less dense material, such as for example, a material having a density of about 1.5 g/cm3 or some other material having a density less than about 4.43g/cm3. In other words, the crown could be some other metal or a composite. Additionally or alternatively, the face may be welded in place rather than cast as part of the sole. - By making the crown, sole, and/or face out of a less dense material, it may allow for weight to be redistributed from the crown, sole, and/or face to other areas of the club head, such as, for example, low and forward and/or low and back. Both low and forward and low and back may be possible for club heads incorporating a front to back sliding weight track.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,163,119 discloses composite articles and methods for making composite articles, which disclosure is incorporated by reference herein in the entirety. U.S. Pat. Nos. 9,452,325 and 7,279,963 disclose various composite crown constructions that may be used for golf club heads, which disclosures are also incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. The techniques and layups described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,163,119; 9,452,325; and 7,279,963, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, may be employed for constructing a composite crown panel, composite sole panel, composite toe panel located on the sole, and/or composite heel panel located on the sole.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,163,119 discloses the usual number of layers for a striking plate is substantial, e.g., fifty or more. However, improvements have been made in the art such that the layers may be decreased to between 30 and 50 layers. Additionally, for a panel located on the sole and/or crown the layers can be substantially decreased down to three, four, five, six, seven, or more layers.
- Table 1 below provides examples of possible layups. These layups show possible crown and/or sole construction using unidirectional plies unless noted as woven plies. The construction shown is for a quasi-isotropic layup. A single layer ply has a thickness ranging from about 0.065 mm to about 0.080 mm for a standard FAW of 70 g/m2 with about 36% to about 40% resin content, however the crown and/or sole panels may be formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m2 and 200 g/m2. The thickness of each individual ply may be altered by adjusting either the FAW or the resin content, and therefore the thickness of the entire layup may be altered by adjusting these parameters.
-
TABLE 1 ply 1 ply 2 ply 3 ply 4 ply 5 ply 6 ply 7 ply 8 AW g/m2 0 −60 +60 290-360 0 −45 +45 90 390-480 0 +60 90 −60 0 490-600 0 +45 90 −45 0 490-600 90 +45 0 −45 90 490-600 +45 90 0 90 −45 490-600 +45 0 90 0 −45 490-600 0 90 +45 −45 0/90 woven 490-720 0 90 +45 −45 +45 0/90 woven 490-720 −60 −30 0 +30 60 90 590-720 0 90 +45 −45 90 0 590-720 90 0 +45 −45 0 90 590-720 0 90 45 −45 45 0/90 woven 590-720 90 0 45 −45 45 90/0 woven 590-720 0 90 45 −45 −45 45 0/90 woven 680-840 90 0 45 −45 −45 45 90/0 woven 680-840 +45 −45 90 0 0 90 −45/45 woven 680-840 0 90 45 −45 −45 45 90 UD 680-840 0 90 45 −45 0 −45 45 0/90 woven 780-960 90 0 45 −45 0 −45 45 90/0 woven 780-960 - The Area Weight (AW) is calculated by multiplying the density times the thickness. For the plies shown above made from composite material the density is about 1.5 g/cm3 and for titanium the density is about 4.5 g/cm3. Depending on the material used and the number of plies the composite crown and/or sole thickness ranges from about 0.195 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 0.75 mm, more preferably from about 0.3 mm to about 0.65 mm, even more preferably from about 0.36 mm to about 0.56 mm. It should be understood that although these ranges are given for both the crown and sole together it does not necessarily mean the crown and sole will have the same thickness or be made from the same materials. In certain embodiments, the sole may be made from either a titanium alloy or a steel alloy. Similarly, the main body of the
golf club head 100 may be made from either a titanium alloy or a steel alloy. The titanium will typically range from 0.4 mm to about 0.9 mm, preferably from 0.4 mm to about 0.8 mm, more preferably from 0.4 mm to about 0.7 mm, even more preferably from 0.45 mm to about 0.6 mm. In some instances, the crown and/or sole may have non-uniform thickness, such as, for example varying the thickness between about 0.45 mm and about 0.55 mm. - A lot of discretionary mass may be freed up by using composite material in the crown and/or sole especially when combined with thin walled titanium construction (0.4 mm to 0.9 mm) in other parts of the golf club head 10. The thin walled titanium construction increases the manufacturing difficulty and ultimately fewer parts are cast at a time. In the past, 100+ golf club heads could be cast at a single time, however due to the thinner wall construction fewer golf club heads are cast per cluster to achieve the desired combination of high yield and low material usage.
- An important strategy for obtaining more discretionary mass is to reduce the wall thickness of the golf club head 10. For a typical titanium-alloy “metal-wood” club-head having a volume of 460 cm3 (i.e., a driver) and a crown area of 100 cm2, the thickness of the crown is typically about 0.8 mm, and the mass of the crown is about 36 g. Thus, reducing the wall thickness by 0.2 mm (e.g., from 1 mm to 0.8 mm) can yield a discretionary mass “savings” of 9.0 g.
- The following examples will help to illustrate the possible discretionary mass “savings” by making a composite crown rather than a titanium-alloy crown. For example, reducing the material thickness to about 0.73 mm yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 25.0 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown. For example, reducing the material thickness to about 0.73 mm yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 25 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown or 34 g over a 1.0 mm titanium-alloy crown. Additionally, a 0.6 mm composite crown yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 27 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown. Moreover, a 0.4 mm composite crown yields an additional discretionary mass “savings” of about 30 g over a 0.8 mm titanium-alloy crown. The crown can be made even thinner yet to achieve even greater weight savings, for example, about 0.32 mm thick, about 0.26 mm thick, about 0.195 mm thick. However, the crown thickness must be balanced with the overall durability of the crown during normal use and misuse. For example, an unprotected crown i.e. one without a head cover could potentially be damaged from colliding with other woods or irons in a golf bag.
- For example, any of the embodiments disclosed herein may have a crown or sole insert formed of plies of composite material having a fiber areal weight of between 20 g/m2 and 200 g/m2, preferably between 50 g/m2 and 100 g/m2, the weight of the composite crown being at least 20% less than the weight of a similar sized piece formed of the metal of the body. The composite crown may be formed of at least four plies of uni-tape standard modulus graphite, the plies of uni-tape oriented at any combination of 0° (forward to rearward of the club head), +45°, −45° and 90° (heelward to toeward of the golf club head). Additionally or alternatively, the crown may include an outermost layer of a woven graphite cloth. Carbon crown panels or inserts or carbon sole panels as disclosed herein and in the incorporated applications may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein, and may have a thickness between 0.40 mm to 1.0 mm, preferably 0.40 mm to 0.80 mm, more preferably 0.40 mm to 0.65 mm, and a density between 1 gram per cubic centimeter and 2 grams per cubic centimeter, though other thicknesses and densities are also possible.
- One potential embodiment of a carbon sole panel that may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein weighs between 1.0 grams and 5.0 grams, such as between 1.25 grams and 2.75 grams, such as between 3.0 grams and 4.5 grams. In other embodiments, the carbon sole panel may weigh less than 3.0 grams, such as less than 2.5 grams, such as less than 2.0 grams, such as less than 1.75 grams. The carbon sole panel may have a surface area of at least 1250 mm2, 1500 mm2, 1750 mm2, or 2000 mm2.
- One potential embodiment of a carbon crown panel that may be utilized with any of the embodiments herein weighs between 3.0 grams and 8.0 grams, such as between 3.5 grams and 7.0 grams, such as between 3.5 grams and 7.0 grams. In other embodiments, the carbon crown panel may weigh less than 7.0 grams, such as less than 6.5 grams, such as less than 6.0 grams, such as less than 5.5 grams, such as less than 5.0 grams, such as less than 4.5 grams. The carbon crown panel may have a surface area of at least 3000 mm2, 3500 mm2, 3750 mm2, 4000 mm2.
-
FIG. 2A illustrates one embodiment of a COR feature in combination with a sliding weight track. Similar features are shown in the other embodiments. While the illustrated embodiments may only have a COR feature and a sliding weight track, other embodiments may have a COR feature, a sliding weight track, and an adjustable lodensift/lie feature or some other combination of features. - As already discussed, and making reference to the embodiment illustrated in
FIG. 2A , the COR feature may have a certain length L (which may be measured as the distance between toeward end and heelward end of the front channel 114), width W (e.g., the measurement from a forward edge to a rearward edge of the front channel 114), and offset distance OS from the front end, or face 104 (e.g., the distance between theface 104 and the forward edge offront channel 114, also shown inFIG. 4 as the width of the frontground contact surface 112 between theface plate 111 and the front channel 114). During development, it was discovered that the COR feature length L and the offset distance OS from the face play an important role in managing the stress which impacts durability, the sound or first mode frequency of the club head, and the COR value of the club head. All of these parameters play an important role in the overall club head performance and user perception. - During development, it was discovered that a ratio of COR feature length to the offset distance may be preferably greater than 4, and even more preferably greater than 5, and most preferably greater than 5.5. However, the ratio of COR feature length to offset distance also has an upper limit and is preferably less than 15, and even more preferably less than 14, and most preferably less than 13.5. For example, for a COR feature length of 30 mm the offset distance from the face would preferably be less than 7.5 mm, and even more preferably 6 mm or less from the face. Additional disclosure about the relationship between COR feature length and offset, and related effects are provided in in co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/859,071, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- The offset distance is highly dependent on the slot length. As slot length increases so do the stresses in the club head, as a result the offset distance must be increased to manage stress. Additionally, as slot length increases the first mode frequency is negatively impacted.
- Exemplary embodiments of the structure of the
weight channel 130 are further described herein. As best illustrated inFIGS. 2A and 3-5B ,weight channel 130 may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction, which may be bounded by a curvedforward edge 132 opposing a curvedrearward edge 134.Forward edge 132 may comprise an outer arc of theweight channel 130 that extends at least or (as illustrated) greater than half the width of the golf club head, which the USGA defines in “United States Golf Association and R&A Rules Limited PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING THE CLUB HEAD SIZE OF WOOD CLUBS,” USGA-TPX3003, Revision 1.0.0, Nov. 21, 2003, as being measured from the heel of the golf club head to the toe of the golf club head. This length (heel-to-toe) is measured with the head positioned at a 60 degree lie angle. If the outermost point of the heel is not clearly defined, it is deemed to be 0.875 inches above the horizontal plane on which the club is lying. In some embodiments, theforward edge 132 may comprise an outer arc of theweight channel 130 that extends at least or (as illustrated) greater than half the depth of the golf club head, as measured from theface 104 of the golf club head to a trailing edge at therear end 110 of the golf club head. The weight channel may curve rearwardly away from theface 104 to aheelward end 136 and atoeward end 138, respectively. These ends 136, 138 may be positioned rearward of theforward edge 132 of the weight channel. In certain other embodiments (not shown), the weight channel may extend in a primarily linear direction, such as in a heel-toe direction or in a forward-rearward direction. In still other embodiments, the weight channel may extend in a curved arc along either a toe side or a heel side of the golf club head. While in the examples shown inFIGS. 2-16 , the weight channel is shown as being positioned in the forward portion of the golf club head, in other embodiments (as shown inFIGS. 17-18 ), the weight channel may be positioned in a rearward portion of the golf club head, as further described below. - The
rearward edge 134 of the weight channel may drop down to alower channel surface 131 that is raised up from the sole of the golf club.Lower channel surface 131 may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from the sole 103 of the golf club head, so that theweight channel 130 may be deeper at theforward edge 132 than it is at therearward edge 134. As illustrated inFIG. 10 , one or more cantilevered ribs or struts 192 may be provided within theinterior cavity 122 of the golf club head on the underside of theweight channel 130 to support and provide rigidity to theweight channel 130. As illustrated inFIG. 3 , projections (such as parallelribbed projections 172 may be provided on thelower channel surface 131 of theweight channel 130, such as at theforward edge 132, to interact with correspondingribbed weight projections 182 on a mating surface of theweight member 140 to better hold theweight member 140 in a desired position when afastener 150 is tightened to secure theweight member 140. A rearweight channel ledge 174 may protrude up and out from thelower channel surface 131 and run parallel to therearward edge 134 of theweight channel 130, to engage a corresponding recessedledge portion 184 on a surface of theweight member 140, as further described below. Additionally, anindentation 176 may be formed within therearward edge 134 of theweight channel 130 and configured for at least partially containing a material for damping theweight member 140. One example of such a material would be a layer of compressible foam, such as PORON® foam, though other materials, such as or a SORB OTHANE®, or PORON®, polyurethane foam material, thermoplastic elastomer or other appropriate damping materials may be used. - In certain embodiments, this compressible material may comprise an elastically compressible material that can be compressed down to, e.g., less than 90% of its original uncompressed thickness, down to less than 50% of its original uncompressed thickness, down to less than 20% of its original uncompressed thickness, or, in particular embodiments, down to less than 10% of its original uncompressed thickness, while typically being able to rebound substantially to its uncompressed thickness upon removal of a compression force. In some embodiments, the material may be compressed down to less than 50% of its original uncompressed thickness when a compression force is applied and rebound to more than 90% of its original uncompressed thickness upon removal of the compression force.
- The following table provides examples A-I showing an example initial uncompressed material depth, a final compressed material depth, the delta between the uncompressed and compressed material depths, and the percent the material was compressed. In this example, an uncompressed depth of 1.5 mm is used, however this is purely an example and several other depths could be used for the compressible material within
indentation 176, ranging from about 0.25 mm to about 5 mm, preferably from about 0.5 mm to about 3.5 mm, more preferably from about 0.8 mm to about 2.0 mm depending on the application. -
TABLE 2 Uncompressed Compressed Delta Percent Example Height (mm) Height (mm) (mm) Change A 1.5 0.15 1.35 −90% B 1.5 0.3 1.2 −80% C 1.5 0.45 1.05 −70% D 1.5 0.6 0.9 −60% E 1.5 0.75 0.75 −50% F 1.5 0.9 0.6 −40% G 1.5 1.05 0.45 −30% H 1.5 1.2 0.3 −20% I 1.5 1.35 0.15 −10% - The percent the material is compressed is calculated by subtracting the initial uncompressed thickness from the final compressed thickness, dividing the result by the initial uncompressed shim thickness, and finally multiplying by 100 percent. See Equation 3 below for further clarification. The equation yields a negative percent change because the shim is being compressed i.e. the final thickness is less than the uncompressed shim thickness.
-
Percent Change=100%*(T final −T initial)/T initial (3) - Additionally or alternatively, the percent change could also be expressed as an absolute percent change along with the word compression or tension to indicate the sign. In tensions the sign is positive and in compression the sign is negative. For example, a material that is compressed at least 10% is the same as a shim that has a percent change of at least −10%.
- Additional disclosure regarding the use of compressible material is provided in U.S. Pat. No. 9,868,036, issued on Jan. 16, 2018, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Within
lower channel surface 131 is positioned afastener port 152. Thefastener port 152 may be configured to receive afastener 150. As such,fastener port 152 may be threaded so thatfastener 150 can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position,weight member 140, as further described herein. The fastener may comprise ahead 151 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and afastener body 153 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener port 152 to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 150. Thefastener port 152 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, such as described below, or which may comprise removable weights or weight assemblies, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,773,360, 7,166,040, 7,452,285, 7,628,707, 7,186,190, 7,591,738, 7,963,861, 7,621,823, 7,448,963, 7,568,985, 7,578,753, 7,717,804, 7,717,805, 7,530,904, 7,540,811, 7,407,447, 7,632,194, 7,846,041, 7,419,441, 7,713,142, 7,744,484, 7,223,180, 7,410,425 and 7,410,426, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety herein. As illustrated inFIG. 9B ,fastener port 152 may be angled diagonally so that thefastener 150 is angled away from thefront end 104 of the golf club head, and the fastener port is forward of ahead 151 of the fastener, which may provide a more secure attachment by “sandwiching” the portion of theweight member 140 likely to have the greatest mass between theforward edge 132 of theweight channel 130 and thefastener 150. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 5A and 9A ,weight channel 130 is configured to define apath 137 for and to at least partially contain an adjustable weight member 140 (best illustrated inFIG. 9A ) that is both configured to translate along thepath 137 defined by theweight channel 130 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 130 by afastener 150. Thepath 137 may comprise a path dimension representing a distance of travel for theweight member 140, wherein the distance comprises the distance between a first end of the path proximate to a first end of the channel (e.g., heelward end 136) and a second path end positioned proximate to a second end of the channel (e.g., toeward end 138).Fastener 150 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications.Fastener 150 may extend through anelongated weight slot 154 passing through the body of theweight member 140.Weight slot 154 may extend throughweight member 140 from alower surface 141 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 103—and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through anupper surface 145 of the weight member that is positioned against thelower channel surface 131 of the weight channel and into afastener port 152 in theweight channel 130. Theweight member 140 is positioned within theweight channel 130 and entirely external to theinterior cavity 122, and (as illustrated inFIGS. 9A and 9B ) has adepth 143 that extends normal to thepath 137 between aforward side 142 that may be curved parallel to theforward edge 132 of theweight channel 130 and arearward side 144 that may be curved parallel to therearward edge 134 of the weight channel. Additionally, as shown inFIGS. 6 and 7 , the weight member may have a greater height at theforward side 142 than at arearward side 144, and may taper down from theforward side 142 to therearward side 144. In particular cases, theweight member 140 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to theforward side 142 than to therearward side 144. Additionally, the weight member may comprise two or more stepped portions, such as a first “higher” step portion nearer the forward side of the weight member having a first height, and a second “lower” step portion adjacent the rearward side having a second height that is smaller than the first height. Additional “steps” may also be used to move from the height at the forward portion to the height at the rearward portion. In the illustrated embodiment, the second stepped portion may comprise a chamfered edge positioned in theupper surface 145 at therearward side 144 of the weight member, which is configured to form a recessedledge portion 184 to engage a corresponding rearweight channel ledge 174 on theweight channel 130. As illustrated inFIG. 7 , anindentation 186 may be provided within the shelf within which a damping material, such as a polymeric pad (or other suitable material, such as the damping material described above with regard to indentation 176) may be provided to position between theweight member 140 and the body of thegolf club head 100, such as between the recessedledge portion 184 and the rearweight channel ledge 174. - The
weight member 140, which may comprise a steel weight member or other suitable material, has a length 147 (as illustrated inFIG. 9A ) that extends parallel to thepath 137 along which the weight member translates, measured from aheelward end 146 to atoeward end 148 of theweight member 140. While in the illustrated example,length 147 is an arc,length 147 may be measured as either an arc or a straight line, as appropriate to the particular shape of theweight member 140 and thepath 137. The length of theweight member 140 in the illustrated example is at least 50 percent of the length of thepath 137, and in some instances may be at least 70 percent of the length of thepath 137. As shown inFIG. 8 , the ends of the weight member may be cantilevered, so that theheelward end 146 andtoeward end 148 of an upper portion of the weight member adjacent thelower channel surface 131 of the weight channel are parallel to theheelward end 136 andtoeward end 146, respectively, of the weight channel, while theheelward end 146 andtoeward end 148 of a lower portion of the weight member that extends from the upper portion of the weight member up towards the sole 103 may be angled away from theheelward end 136 andtoeward end 138, respectively, of theweight channel 130. Theweight slot 154 may comprise an elongated slot that runs a substantial portion of the length of the weight member parallel to therearward edge 144 of theweight member 140 from aheelward end 156 to atoeward end 158. The weight slot may further comprise aninterior fastener ledge 155 to support thehead 151 of afastener 150. When tightened, thefastener 150 retains theweight member 140 in place. Whenfastener 150 is loosened, the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to thefastener port 152, while the position of theweight member 140 may be adjusted. - In the illustrated example shown in
FIG. 9A ,weight member 140 may be translated laterally along thepath 137 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. Adjusting the weight member from a first position that is closer to aheelward end 136 of theweight channel 130 to a second position that is closer to atoeward end 138 of the weight channel may provide a CXx movement of at least 3 mm. In particular instances, CGx movement may exceed 4 mm, or in even more specific instances, CXx movement may exceed 5 mm. It is to be understood that in the illustrated embodiment, the weight is moving along thepath 137 in an arc about a center axis of curvature 159 (illustrated inFIG. 9A ), which is situated rearward of the golf club head'sface 104. In particular cases, the center axis of curvature may be positioned rearward of theweight channel 130 itself, and in some instances, the center axis ofcurvature 159 may be rearward of a center of gravity of the golf club head. In the illustrated embodiment, the weight member is configured to move around the center axis ofcurvature 159 in an arc of less than 180 degrees, but may in particular embodiments move in an arc of less than 90 degrees, such as in an arc of between 5 degrees and 90 degrees, or between 10 degrees and 30 degrees, or between 15 degrees and 45 degrees, or may not move in an arc at all, but simply translate linearly. It is to be understood that in the illustrated embodiment the center axis ofcurvature 159 is not collocated with the position of the fastener.Ribbed weight projections 182 may be provided on thelower surface 145 of theweight member 140, such as adjacent to theforward edge 142, to interact with corresponding parallelribbed projections 172 on a mating surface of theweight channel 130 to better holdweight member 140 in any of a number of selectable positions which may be selected by translatingweight member 140 heelward or toeward (in the illustrated example) along the path of theweight channel 130 until a desired position is achieved. In some instances, five or more such positions may be provided. In other embodiments, ten or more such positions are provided. Weight member may also be configured with a visualweight position indicator 149 which may be aligned withvisual markings 119 on the sole 103 of the golf club head to indicate the relative position of theweight member 140 along the path of theweight channel 130. Once the desired position is achieved,fastener 150 may be tightened to secure theweight member 140 in place. The weight member may have a mass that is between 10 to 80 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 30 grams, above 40 grams, above 50 grams, or above 60 grams. In certain embodiments, theweight member 140 may comprise at least 25 percent of a total mass of thegolf club head 100. In particular cases, theweight member 140 may comprise at least 30 percent of the total mass of thegolf club head 100. - As shown in
FIG. 3 , thegolf club head 100 can optionally include aseparate crown insert 168 that is secured to thebody 102, such as by applying a layer of epoxy adhesive 167 or other securement means, such as bolts, rivets, snap fit, other adhesives, or other joining methods or any combination thereof, to cover alarge opening 190 at the top and rear of the body, forming part of thecrown 109 of the golf club head. Thecrown insert 168 covers a substantial portion of the crown's surface area as, for example, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70% or at least 80% of the crown's surface area. The crown's outer boundary generally terminates where the crown surface undergoes a significant change in radius of curvature, e.g., near where the crown transitions to the golf club head's sole 103,hosel 162, andfront end 104. As described above, and as partially shown inFIG. 10 , thecrown opening 190 can be formed to have a recessed peripheral ledge orseat 170 to receive thecrown insert 168, such that the crown insert is either flush with the adjacent surfaces of the body to provide a smooth seamless outer surface or, alternatively, slightly recessed below the body surfaces. The front of thecrown insert 168 can join with a front portion of thecrown 109 on thebody 102 to form a continuous, arched crown extend forward to the face. Thecrown insert 168 can comprise any suitable material, and can be attached to the body in any suitable manner, as described in more detail herein. - As illustrated in
FIG. 13 , the golf club head'shosel 162 further provides ashaft connection assembly 300 that allows the shaft to be easily disconnected from the golf club head, and that may provide the ability for the user to selectively adjust a and/or lie-angle of the golf club. Thehosel 162 defines ahosel bore 163, which in turn is adapted to receive ahosel insert 164. The hosel bore 163 is also adapted to receive ashaft sleeve 302 mounted on the lower end portion of a shaft, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,303,431. A recessedport 166 is provided on the sole 103, and extends from the sole 103 into theinterior cavity 122 of thebody 102 toward thehosel 162, and in particular the hosel bore 163. The hosel bore 163 extends from thehosel 162 through the golf club head and opens within the recessedport 166 at the sole 103 of thegolf club head 100. - The golf club head is removably attached to the shaft by shaft sleeve 302 (which is mounted to the lower end portion of a golf club shaft (not shown)) by inserting the
shaft sleeve 302 into the hosel bore 163 and a hosel insert 164 (which is mounted inside the hosel bore 163), and inserting a screw 310 (or other suitable fixation device) upwardly through a recessedport 166 in the sole 103 and, in the illustrated embodiment, tightening thescrew 310 into a threaded opening of theshaft sleeve 302, thereby securing the golf club head to theshaft sleeve 302. A screw capturing device, such as in the form of an 0-ring orwasher 312, can be placed on the shaft of thescrew 310 to retain the screw in place within the golf club head when the screw is loosened to permit removal of the shaft from the golf club head. - The recessed
port 166 extends from the bottom portion of the golf club head into the interior of the outer shell toward the top portion of the golf club head 200 at the location ofhosel 162, as seen inFIGS. 12 and 13 . In the embodiment shown inFIG. 2A , the mouth of the recessedport 166 in the sole 103 is generally trapezoidal-shaped, although the shape and size of the recessedport 166 may be different in alternative embodiments. - The
shaft sleeve 302 has alower portion 306 including splines that mate with mating splines of thehosel insert 164, anintermediate portion 308 and anupper head portion 314. Theintermediate portion 308 and theupper head portion 314 define aninternal bore 316 for receiving the tip end portion of theshaft 300. In the illustrated embodiment, theintermediate portion 308 of the shaft sleeve has a cylindrical external surface that is concentric with the inner cylindrical surface of the hosel bore 163. As described in more detail in U.S. Patent Application Pub. No. 2010/0197424, which is hereby incorporated by reference, inserting theshaft sleeve 302 at different angular positions relative to thehosel insert 164 is effective to adjust the shaft loft and/or the lie angle. For example, the loft angle may be increased or decreased by various degrees, depending on the angular position, such as +/−1.5 degrees, +/−2.0 degrees, or +/−2.5 degrees. Other loft angle adjustments are also possible. - In the embodiment shown, because the
intermediate portion 308 is concentric with the hosel bore 163, the outer surface of theintermediate portion 308 can contact the adjacent surface of the hosel bore 163, as depicted inFIG. 13 . This allows easier alignment of the mating features of the assembly during installation of the shaft and further improves the manufacturing process and efficiency. - In certain embodiments, the golf club head may be attached to the shaft via a removable head-shaft connection assembly as described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,303,431, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Further in certain embodiments, the golf club head may also incorporate features that provide the golf club heads and/or golf clubs with the ability not only to replaceably connect the shaft to the head but also to adjust the loft and/or the lie angle of the club by employing a removable head-shaft connection assembly. Such an adjustable lie/loft connection assembly is described in more detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,025,587; 8,235,831; 8,337,319; 8,758,153; 8,398,503; 8,876,622; 8,496,541; and 9,033,821, the entire contents of which are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein.
-
FIGS. 14-15 illustrate another exemplarygolf club head 400 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. Thegolf club head 400 is similar to golf club head, 100. Ingolf club head 400,weight channel 430 may contain features similar toweight channel 130, and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction.Weight channel 430 may comprise alower channel surface 431 that may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from a sole 403 of the golf club head, so that theweight channel 430 may be deeper at aforward edge 432 than it is at therearward edge 434. Withinlower channel surface 431 are positionedseveral fastener ports 452. Each of the fastener port may be configured to receive afastener 450. As such,fastener ports 452 may be threaded so that one ormore fasteners 450 secured therein can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position aweight member 440, as further described herein. The fastener may comprise ahead 451 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen thefastener 450, and afastener body 453 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener port 452 to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 450. Thefastener port 452 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications. As illustrated inFIG. 15 ,fastener port 452 may be angled diagonally so that thehead 451 offastener 450 is angled away from the front end 404 of the golf club head, and thefastener port 452 is forward of thehead 451 of the fastener. - Similar to
weight channel 130,weight channel 430 is configured to define apath 437 for and to at least partially containadjustable weight member 440 that is both configured to translate along thepath 437 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 430 byfastener 450.Fastener 450 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fastener may be moved between or among thefastener ports 452 to further adjust mass properties of thegolf club head 400.Fastener 450 may extend through anelongated weight slot 454 passing through the body of theweight member 440.Weight slot 454 may extend throughweight member 440 from alower surface 441 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 403—and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through anupper surface 445 of the weight member that is positioned against thelower channel surface 431 of the weight channel and into afastener port 452 in theweight channel 430. Theweight member 440 is positioned within theweight channel 430 and may have a greater height at aforward side 442 than at arearward side 444, and may taper down from theforward side 442 to therearward side 444. In particular cases, theweight member 440 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to theforward side 442 than to therearward side 444. In the illustrated example, this is aided by the fact that theweight slot 454 andfastener 450 are positioned at therearward side 444 of the weight member, such that therearward side 444 of the weight member at least partially surroundsweight slot 454. The weight slot may further comprise aninterior fastener ledge 455 to support thehead 451 offastener 450. In the illustrated example, this fastener ledge is coextensive with much of therearward side 444 of theweight member 440, and the rearward side of the weight member curves around to bound thefastener 450 at aforward edge 457, at aheelward end 456, and at atoeward end 458 of theweight slot 454. In the illustrated example, therearward edge 434 ofweight channel 430 bounds thefastener 450 to the rear, and may comprise a ledge 474 (as shown inFIG. 15 ) that protrudes up and out behind thefastener port 452 and runs parallel to therearward edge 434 of theweight channel 430 to further support thehead 451 of thefastener 450 when tightened. When tightened, thefastener 450 retains theweight member 440 in place. Oncefastener 450 is loosened, the fastener is configured to remain stationary relative to thefastener port 452, while the position of theweight member 440 may be adjusted relative to the fastener port. In the illustrated example shown inFIG. 14 ,weight member 440 may be translated laterally along thepath 437 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. -
FIG. 16 illustrates another exemplarygolf club head 500 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. Thegolf club head 500 is similar togolf club head 100. Ingolf club head 500,weight channel 530 may contain features similar toweight channel 130, and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction. Within alower channel surface 531 are positionedseveral fastener ports 552. Each of the fastener port may be configured to receive afastener 550, or, as in the illustrated embodiment, multiple such fasteners. As such,fastener ports 552 may be threaded so thatfasteners 550 can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secure in position aweight member 540, as further described herein. The fasteners may each comprise ahead 551 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener port 552 to facilitate tightening or loosening thefasteners 550. Thefastener port 552 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications. Similar toweight channel 130,weight channel 530 is configured to define apath 537 for and to at least partially containadjustable weight member 540 that is both configured to translate along thepath 537 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 530 byfastener 550.Fasteners 550 may be removable, and may comprise screws, bolts, or other suitable devices for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications. Fasteners may be moved between or among thefastener ports 552 to further adjust mass properties of thegolf club head 500.Fasteners 550 may extend through an elongated weight slot 554 passing through the body of theweight member 540. Weight slot 554 may extend throughweight member 540 from alower surface 541 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 503—and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against thelower channel surface 531 of the weight channel and into afastener port 552 in theweight channel 530. The weight slot may further comprise aninterior fastener ledge 555 to support thehead 551 offastener 550. When tightened,fasteners 550 retain theweight member 540 in place. Whenfasteners 550 are loosened, the fasteners may be configured to remain stationary relative to theirrespective fastener ports 552, while the position of theweight member 540 may be adjusted. In the illustrated example,weight member 540 may be translated laterally along thepath 537 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. -
FIG. 17 illustrates another exemplarygolf club head 600 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. Thegolf club head 600 is similar to golf club head, 100, though one difference is that ingolf club head 600,weight channel 630 is positioned within a raisedsole portion 660 at therear end 610 of thegolf club head 600, and curves forward at the ends towards the front end 604 of the golf club head.Weight channel 630 andweight member 640 may contain features similar toweight channel 130 andweight member 140. In the illustrated example, however, weight channel extends around therear end 610 of thegolf club head 600, from a position around a periphery of the golf club head situated on thetoe side 608 to a position on theheel side 606.Weight channel 630 may comprise alower channel surface 631 that may be substantially parallel to or slightly angled away from a sole 603 of the golf club head, and may be coextensive, raised up from, or lowered from a raisedsole portion 660 at therear end 610 of the golf club head. Additionally, theweight channel 630 may extend around an entire length of the raisedsole portion 660, as illustrated, or may in some embodiments comprise only a portion of a length of the raisedsole portion 660. Withinlower channel surface 631 is positioned at least one fastener port (not shown)—which may be similar to the fastener ports described herein and in the incorporated patents and/or applications—that may be configured to receive afastener 650. The fastener may comprise ahead 651 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 650. - Similar to
weight channel 130,weight channel 630 is configured to define apath 637 for and to at least partially containadjustable weight member 640 that is both configured to translate along thepath 637 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 630 byfastener 650. Thepath 637 may run the length of theweight channel 630, or may, in some embodiments, comprise only a portion of theweight channel 630.Fastener 650 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated applications.Fastener 650 may extend through anelongated weight slot 654 passing through the body of theweight member 640.Weight slot 654 may extend throughweight member 640 from alower surface 641 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 603—and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against thelower channel surface 631 of the weight channel and into the fastener port in theweight channel 630. The weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support thehead 651 offastener 650. The weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at aheelward end 646 and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at atoeward end 648. The weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support thehead 651 offastener 650. Alternatively, thelower surface 641 of the portion ofweight member 640 containing the weight slot may be slightly recessed betweenheelward end 646 andtoeward end 648 so that thehead 651 of thefastener 650 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to the remainder of thelower surface 641 of the weight member, as described further herein. When tightened, thefastener 650 retains theweight member 640 in place. Whenfastener 650 is loosened, the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 652, while the position of theweight member 640 may be adjusted. In the illustrated example,weight member 640 may be translated laterally along thepath 637 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. -
Weight member 640 may have a mass that is between 10 to 50 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 10 grams, or a mass that is below 40 grams, or a mass in the range of 12 to 38 grams. -
FIG. 18 illustrates another exemplarygolf club head 700 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. Thegolf club head 700 is similar to golf club head, 100, though one difference is that ingolf club head 700,weight channel 730 is positioned within a raisedsole portion 760 at therear end 710 of thegolf club head 700, and curves forward at the ends towards the front end 704 of the golf club head.Weight channel 730 andweight member 740 may contain features similar toweight channel 130 andweight member 140. In the illustrated example, however, weight channel extends around therear end 710 of thegolf club head 700, from a position around a periphery of the golf club head situated on thetoe side 708 to a position on theheel side 706.Weight channel 730 may comprise alower channel surface 731 that may be substantially parallel to or slightly angled away from a sole 703 of the golf club head, and may be coextensive, raised up from, or lowered from a raisedsole portion 760 at therear end 710 of the golf club head. Additionally, in the illustrated embodiment, theweight channel 730 comprises only a portion of a length of the raisedsole portion 760. Raisedsole portion 760 further comprisesexternal ribs 792 that may be integrally formed with thebody 702 of thegolf club head 700. - Within
lower channel surface 731 is positioned at least one fastener port (not shown)—which may be similar to the fastener ports described herein and in the incorporated patents and/or applications—that may be configured to receive afastener 750. The fastener may comprise ahead 751 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and a fastener body (not shown) that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on the fastener port to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 750. - Similar to
weight channel 130,weight channel 730 is configured to define apath 737 for and to at least partially containadjustable weight member 740 that is both configured to translate along thepath 737 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 730 byfastener 750. In the illustrated embodiment, thepath 737 may run the length of theweight channel 730, or may, in some embodiments, comprise only a portion of theweight channel 730.Fastener 750 may be removable, and may comprise a screw, bolt, or other suitable device for fastening as described herein and in the incorporated patents and applications.Fastener 750 may extend through anelongated weight slot 754 passing through the body of theweight member 740.Weight slot 754 may extend throughweight member 740 from a lower surface 741 of the weight member that is substantially parallel to the sole 703—and may serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through an upper surface of the weight member (not shown) that is positioned against thelower channel surface 731 of the weight channel and into the fastener port in theweight channel 730. The weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at aheelward end 746 and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at atoeward end 748. The weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support thehead 751 offastener 750. Alternatively, the portion of thelower surface 641 of the portion ofweight member 740 containing the weight slot may be slightly recessed betweenheelward end 746 andtoeward end 748 so that thehead 751 offastener 750 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to the remainder of the lower surface 741 of the weight member, as described further herein. When tightened, thefastener 750 retains theweight member 740 in place. Whenfastener 750 is loosened, the fastener may be configured to remain stationary relative to the fastener port 752, while the position of theweight member 740 may be adjusted. In the illustrated example,weight member 740 may be translated laterally along thepath 737 in a heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. -
Weight member 740 may have a mass that is between 10 to 50 grams, or in some particular instances, a mass that is above 10 grams, or a mass that is below 40 grams, or a mass in the range of 12 to 38 grams.FIGS. 19-22 illustrate exemplary weight members that may be used with the golf clubs head disclosed herein. -
FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate aweight member 800 having a curved shape, similar toweight member 740, above.Weight member 800 has amiddle portion 840 that contains acurved weight slot 854.Weight slot 754 may extend throughweight member 800 from alower surface 841 of the weight member that is configured to be substantially parallel to a sole of a golf club head and to serve as an additional ground contact point when the golf club head is soled—through anupper surface 845 of theweight member 800 that is configured to be positioned against the body of the golf club head, such as a weight channel or raised sole portion, as described herein. The weight member may have additional discretionary mass positioned proximate to its ends, such as within a first discretionary mass portion positioned at a first end portion 846 (such as a heelward end portion) and a second discretionary mass portion positioned at a second end portion 848 (such as a toeward end portion). The weight slot may further comprise an interior fastener ledge (not shown) to support a fastener head. Additionally or alternatively, as illustrated in FIG.20, thelower surface 841 of themiddle portion 840 may be slightly recessed up between thefirst end portion 846 and thesecond end portion 848 so that the head of a fastener inserted through theweight member 800 is lower than, or no higher than, or substantially similar in height to thelower surface 841 of the weight member at thefirst end portion 846 and thesecond end portion 848. - In some embodiments, the
weight member 800 may be formed from a single piece of material, such as by casting, injection molding, machining, or other suitable methods, withfirst end portion 846 and thesecond end portion 848 formed to have a greater thickness than themiddle portion 840. In other embodiments, additional material, such as additional layers of material, or additional discretionary mass elements may be added to thefirst end portion 846 and/or thesecond end portion 848 to add additional mass to the ends. In particular embodiments, this may be achieved by welding an additional thickness of mass to theweight member 800 at one or both of the ends. It is to be understood, however, that additional mass could be added by other methods, such as bolting, adhering, or braising additional mass, or by introducing removable discretionary mass elements, such as described herein. - In some embodiments,
weight member 800 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium. In other embodiments, steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used. In particular embodiments, higher density materials may be used in certain portions of theweight member 800 to add additional mass, such as, e.g., atfirst end portion 846 and/orsecond end portion 848. For example, steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used atfirst end portion 846 and thesecond end portion 848 to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of theweight member 800 relative to themiddle portion 840, or additional higher density elements, e.g., plates, could be added atfirst end portion 846 and/orsecond end portion 848 to add additional discretionary mass. - “Split mass” configurations such as those described herein potentially allow for several high MOI positions and allow greater weight to be moved to the outside of the club head while minimizing the overall weight added to the club head. Additionally, providing the added weight along the perimeter of the golf club may have additional benefits for maximizing MOI. And, providing a curved shape weight member, combined with a split mass configuration as described herein also may provide for additional mass to be positioned more forward than in a configuration without a split mass configuration, which provides improved CG projection. Additionally, providing the slidable rear weight as illustrated in
FIGS. 17-22 provides the potential for improved CXx movement (which may permit movement to affect, e.g., left/right draw/fade bias), while minimizing CGz movement, and potentially reducing CGy movement versus other traditional weight systems. This may improve overall MOI throughout the range of movement. -
FIG. 21 illustrates anotherweight member assembly 900, which comprises aweight member 940 that may be similar toweight member 800, or may alternatively be a linear weight member. Positioned at opposite ends of theweight member 940 arefastener ports 952, such as those described herein and/or in the incorporated patents and applications, which may be configured to receive afastener 950. The fasteners may be individual movable weights ranging from 1 to 20 grams. The fasteners may have the same mass, or may be different masses. A weight kit may be provided containing weights of varying mass that a user can optionally attach or detach to 900 and 1000. The fasteners may be used for swing weighting to achieve the targeted swing weight and offset manufacturing tolerance and custom length clubs. Or, the fasteners may help achieve a heavier e.g. D4 or lighter swing weight e.g. D1. One or both of the fasteners may be formed form a higher density material than the central region of theweight member 940. In some instances, one or both of the fasteners may be formed of the same material as the central region of theweight member 940. The central region may be formed from a material having a density between 9-20 g/cc (e.g. Tungsten and Tungsten alloys), 7-9 g/cc (e.g. steel and steel alloys), 4-5 g/cc (e.g. Ti and Ti alloys), 2-3 g/cc (e.g. Al and Al alloys), or 1-2 g/cc (e.g. Plastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Thermoplastic, Carbon Fiber Reinforced Thermoset), or other suitable materials. - The fastener may comprise a
head 951 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and afastener body 953 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener port 952 to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 950. Further,fastener 950 is configured to retain a discretionary mass element between thelower surface 941 of theweight member 940 and the head of thefastener 950, such as firstdiscretionary mass element 946 positioned at a first end (such as a heelward end) of theweight member 940 and seconddiscretionary mass element 948 positioned at a second end (such as a toeward end) of theweight member 940. Discretionarymass elements fastener body 953 and other portions which may or may not be threaded and are configured to retain some or all of thefastener head 951. - In some embodiments,
weight member 900 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium. In other embodiments, steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used. In particular embodiments, higher density materials may be used in certain portions of theweight member 900 to add additional mass. For example, steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used, e.g., in discretionarymass elements fasteners 950 to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of theweight member 900. -
FIG. 22 illustrates anotherweight member assembly 1000, which comprises aweight member 1040 that may be similar toweight member 800, or may alternatively be a linear weight member. Positioned at opposite ends of theweight member 1040 arefastener ports 1052, such as those described herein and/or in the incorporated patents and applications, which may be positioned in thelower surface 1041 of theweight member 1000, and configured to receive afastener 1050. The fastener may comprise ahead 1051 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen the fastener, and afastener body 1053 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener ports 1052 to facilitate tightening or loosening thefastener 1050.Fastener 1050 may itself comprise a discretionary mass, as described in the incorporated patents and/or applications, which discretionary mass may be removed and replaced with a heavier or lighter discretionary mass to adjust mass properties of a golf club head, as desired. Portions offastener port 1052 may be threaded to interact with threads on thefastener body 1053 and other portions may not be threaded and may be configured to retain some or all of thefastener head 1051. - In some embodiments,
weight member 1000 may be formed of a first material, such as titanium. In other embodiments, steel, tungsten or another suitable material or combination of materials may be used. In particular embodiments, higher density materials may be used in certain portions of theweight member 1000 to add additional mass. For example, steel or tungsten or other suitable higher density materials could be used, e.g., infasteners 1050 or for forming them in or adhering them to the ends of the weight member, such as in the manner further described above and in the incorporated patents and applications, to add additional discretionary mass to the ends of theweight member 1000. -
FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate another exemplarygolf club head 1100 that embodies certain inventive technologies disclosed herein. Thegolf club head 1100 is similar to golf club head, 100. Ingolf club head 1100,weight channel 1130 may contain features similar toweight channel 130, and may be formed as a curved arc extending in a generally heel-toe direction.Weight channel 1130 may comprise alower channel surface 1131 that may be substantially parallel to, or as illustrated, slightly angled away from a sole 1103 of the golf club head, so that theweight channel 1130 may be deeper at aforward edge 1132 than it is at arearward edge 1134. - Similar to
weight channel 130,weight channel 1130 is configured to define apath 1137 for and to at least partially containadjustable weight member 1140 that is both configured to translate along thepath 1137 and sized to be slidably retained, or at least partially retained, within the footprint of theweight channel 1130 byfastener assembly 1160. Unlike the previous examples, which relied on fasteners passing through at least a portion of the weight member,golf club head 1100 comprises afastener assembly 1160 comprising afastener tab 1165 that may extend from a rearground contact surface 1118 proximate to therear end 1110 of the golf club head to a weight overhang orledge 1174 that may at least partially cover theweight member 1140, such as itsrearward side 1144, as best illustrated inFIG. 23B . Withinfastener tab 1165 is positioned one or more fastener ports 1152 (one such port is provided in the illustrated example).Fastener port 1152 may be configured to receive aremovable fastener 1150, such as a bolt or screw, or one of the other suitable fasteners described herein or in the incorporated patents and applications. As such,fastener port 1152 may be threaded so that aremovable fastener 1150 secured therein can be loosened or tightened either to allow movement of, or to secureweight member 1140 in position, as further described herein. The fastener may comprise ahead 1151 with which a tool (not shown) may be used to tighten or loosen theremovable fastener 1150, and afastener body 1153 that may, e.g., be threaded to interact with corresponding threads on thefastener port 1152 to facilitate tightening or loosening theremovable fastener 1150. Thefastener port 1152 can have any of a number of various configurations to receive and/or retain any of a number of fasteners, which may comprise simple threaded fasteners, as described above, or any of the fastener types described in the incorporated patents and/or applications. The fastener port may further comprise an interior fastener port ledge 1155 to support thehead 1151 offastener 1150, which may be at least partially recessed within thefastener port 1152, and which in the illustrated example is substantially parallel to rearground contact surface 1118. - As illustrated in
FIG. 23B ,fastener port 1152 is positioned entirely outside of theweight channel 1130 and extends from the sole 1103 into the body of thegolf club head 1100. In some embodiments, thefastener port 1152 may extend into aninterior cavity 1122 of thegolf club head 1100. Additionally, the weight member may have a greater height at theforward side 1142 than at therearward side 1144, and may taper down from theforward side 1142 to therearward side 1144. In particular cases, theweight member 1140 may be configured so that the center of mass is positioned closer to theforward side 1142 than to therearward side 1144. Additionally, anupper surface 1145 of the weight member may extend further rearward than alower surface 1141 of the weight member, with arearward side 1144 of theweight member 1140 sloping up in a rearward direction from the sole 1103, permitting at least a portion of therearward side 1144 of the weight member to engage theledge 1174 on thefastener tab 1165.Ledge 1174 may itself be angled so that a lower portion nearest the sole 1103 extends further forward than an upper portion positioned nearer thelower surface 1131 of theweight channel 1130. - When tightened, the
removable fastener 1150 presses down onfastener tab 1165 so that theledge 1174 retains theweight member 1140 in place. Onceremovable fastener 1150 is loosened, the fastener is configured to remain stationary relative to thefastener port 1152, while the position of theweight member 1140 may be adjusted relative to the fastener port. In the illustrated example shown inFIG. 23A ,weight member 1140 may be translated laterally along thepath 1137 in a generally heelward or toeward direction to adjust, for example, golf club center of gravity movement along an x-axis (CGx), such as to control left or right tendency of a golf swing. One advantage of thegolf club head 1100 shown in this example is that in moving theremovable fastener 1150 outside of theweight channel 1130, theweight member 1140 need not be specially engineered to contain a slot passing through theweight member 1140 to receive theremovable fastener 1150. This example may also provide a more consistent distribution of mass throughout the weight than some other examples. - Design Parameters for Golf Club Heads with Slidably Repositionable Weight(s)
- Although the following discussion cites features related to
golf club head 100 and its variations (e.g. 400, 500, 1100), the many design parameters discussed below substantially apply to golf club heads 600 and 700 due to the common features of the club heads. With that in mind, in some embodiments of the golf clubs described herein, the location, position or orientation of features of the golf club head, such as thegolf club head weight member - The location of the weight assembly on a golf club head can be approximated by its coordinates on the head origin coordinate system. The head origin coordinate system includes an origin at the ideal impact location of the golf club head, which is disposed at the geometric center of the striking surface 105 (see
FIGS. 1A and 1B ). As described above, the head origin coordinate system includes an x-axis and a y-axis. The origin x-axis extends tangential to the face plate at the origin and generally parallel to the ground when the head is ideally positioned with the positive x-axis extending from the origin towards a heel of the golf club head and the negative x-axis extending from the origin to the toe of the golf club head. The origin y-axis extends generally perpendicular to the origin x-axis and parallel to the ground when the head is ideally positioned with the positive y-axis extending from the head origin towards the rear portion of the golf club. The head origin can also include an origin z-axis extending perpendicular to the origin x-axis and the origin y-axis and having a positive z-axis that extends from the origin towards the top portion of the golf club head and negative z-axis that extends from the origin towards the bottom portion of the golf club head. - As described above, in some of the embodiments of the
golf club head 100 described herein, theweight channel 130 extends generally from aheelward end 136 oriented toward theheel side 106 of the golf club head to atoeward end 138 oriented toward thetoe side 108 of the golf club head, with both theheelward end 136 andtoeward end 138 being at or near the same distance from the front portion of the club head. As a result, in these embodiments, theweight member 140 that is slidably retained within theweight channel 130 is capable of a relatively large amount of adjustment in the direction of the x-axis, while having a relatively small amount of adjustment in the direction of the y-axis. In some alternative embodiments, theheelward end 136 andtoeward end 138 may be located at varying distances from the front portion, such as having theheelward end 136 further rearward than thetoeward end 138, or having thetoeward end 138 further rearward than theheelward end 136. In these alternative embodiments, theweight member 140 that is slidably retained within theweight channel 130 is capable of a relatively large amount of adjustment in the direction of the x-axis, while also having from a small amount to a larger amount of adjustment in the direction of the y-axis. - For example, in some embodiments of a
golf club head 100 having aweight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within aweight channel 130, theweight member 140 can have an origin x-axis coordinate between about −40 mm and about 40 mm, depending upon the location of the weight assembly within theweight channel 130. In specific embodiments, theweight member 140 can have an origin x-axis coordinate between about −35 mm and about 35 mm, or between about −30 mm and about 30 mm, or between about −25 mm and about 25 mm, or between about −20 mm and about 20 mm, or between about −15 mm and about 15 mm, or between about −13 mm and about 13 mm. Thus, in some embodiments, theweight member 140 is provided with a maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max Δx) that is less than 80 mm, such as less than 70 mm, such as less than 60 mm, such as less than 50 mm, such as less than 40 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 26 mm. - On the other hand, in some embodiments of the
golf club head 100 having aweight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within aweight channel 130, theweight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 5 mm and about 80 mm. More specifically, in certain embodiments, theweight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 5 mm and about 50 mm, between about 5 mm and about 45 mm, or between about 5 mm and about 40 mm, or between about 10 mm and about 40 mm, or between about 5 mm and about 35 mm. Additionally or alternatively, in certain embodiments, theweight member 140 can have an origin y-axis coordinate between about 35 mm and about 80 mm, between about 45 mm and about 75 mm, or between about 50 mm and about 70 mm. Thus, in some embodiments, theweight member 140 is provided with a maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max Δy) that is less than 45 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 20 mm, such as less than 10 mm, such as less than 5 mm, such as less than 3 mm. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments having a rearward channel, the weight member is provided with a maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max Δy) that is less than 110 mm, such as less than 80 mm, such as less than 60 mm, such as less than 40 mm, such as less than 30 mm, such as less than 15 mm. - In some embodiments, a golf club head can be configured to have a constraint relating to the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and origin y-direction. Such a constraint can be defined as the maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max Δy) divided by the maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max Δx). According to some embodiments, the value of the ratio of (Max Δy)/(Max Δx) is between 0 and about 0.8. In specific embodiments, the value of the ratio of (Max Δy)/(Max Δx) is between 0 and about 0.5, or between 0 and about 0.2, or between 0 and about 0.15, or between 0 and about 0.10, or between 0 and about 0.08, or between 0 and about 0.05, or between 0 and about 0.03, or between 0 and about 0.01.
- As discussed above, in some driver-type golf club head embodiments, the mass of the weight member,
e.g. weight member 640 and/orweight member 740, is between about 1 g and about 50 g, such as between about 3 g and about 40 g, such as between about 5 g and about 25 g. In some alternative embodiments, the mass of theweight member 640 and/or 740 is between about 5 g and about 45 g, such as between about 9 g and about 35 g, such as between about 9 g and about 30 g, such as between about 9 g and about 25 g. - As discussed above, in some fairway-type golf club head embodiments, the mass of the weight member, e.g.,
weight member 140, is between about 50 g and about 90 g, such as between about 55 g and about 80 g, such as between about 60 g and about 75 g. In some alternative embodiments, the mass of theweight member 140 is between about 5 g and about 45 g, such as between about 9 g and about 35 g, such as between about 9 g and about 30 g, such as between about 9 g and about 25 g. - In some embodiments, a golf club head can be configured to have constraints relating to the product of the mass of the weight assembly and the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and/or origin y-direction. One such constraint can be defined as the mass of the weight assembly (MWA) multiplied by the maximum x-axis adjustment range (Max Δx). According to some embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δx) is between about 250 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm. In specific embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δx) is between about 500 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 1000 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 1500 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 2000 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 2500 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 3000 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 3500 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm, or between about 4000 g·mm and about 4950 g·mm.
- According to some embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δx) is between about 250 g·mm and about 2500 g·mm. In specific embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δx) is between about 350 g·mm and about 2400 g·mm, or between about 750 g·mm and about 2300 g·mm, or between about 1000 g·mm and about 2200 g·mm, or between about 1100 g·mm and about 2100 g·mm, or between about 1200 g·mm and about 2000 g·mm, or between about 1200 g·mm and about 1950 g·mm, or between about 1250 g·mm and about 1900 g·mm, or between about 1250 g·mm and about 1750 g·mm.
- Another constraint relating to the product of the mass of the weight assembly and the relative distances that the weight assembly can be adjusted in the origin x-direction and/or origin y-direction can be defined as the mass of the weight assembly (MWA) multiplied by the maximum y-axis adjustment range (Max Δy). According to some embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δy) is between about 0 g·mm and about 1800 g·mm. In specific embodiments, the value of the product of MWA x (Max Δy) is between about 0 g·mm and about 1500 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 1000 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 500 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 250 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 150 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 100 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 50 g·mm, or between about 0 g·mm and about 25 g·mm.
- As noted above, one advantage obtained with a golf club head having a repositionable weight, such as the
golf club head 100 having theweight member 140, is in providing the end user of the golf club with the capability to adjust the location of the CG of the club head over a range of locations relating to the position of the repositionable weight. In particular, the present inventors have found that there is a distance advantage to providing a center of gravity of the club head that is lower and more forward relative to comparable golf clubs that do not include a weight assembly such as theweight member 140 described herein. - In some embodiments, the
golf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin x-axis coordinate (CGx) between about −10 mm and about 10 mm, such as between about −4 mm and about 9 mm, such as between about −3 mm and about 8 mm, such as between about −2 mm to about 5 mm, such as between about −0.8 mm to about 8 mm, such as between about 0 mm to about 8 mm. In some embodiments, thegolf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin y-axis coordinate (CGy) greater than about 15 mm and less than about 50 mm, such as between about 22 mm and about 43 mm, such as between about 24 mm and about 40 mm, such as between about 26 mm and about 35 mm. In some embodiments, thegolf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin z-axis coordinate (CGz) greater than about −8 mm and less than about 3 mm, such as between about −6 mm and about 0 mm. In some embodiments, thegolf club head 100 has a CG with a head origin z-axis coordinate (CGz) that is less than 0 mm, such as less than −2 mm, such as less than −4 mm, such as less than −5 mm, such as less than −6 mm. - As described herein, by repositioning the
weight member 140 within theweight channel 130 of thegolf club head 100, the location of the CG of the club head is adjusted. For example, in some embodiments of agolf club head 100 having aweight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within aweight channel 130, the club head is provided with a maximum CGx adjustment range (Max ΔCGx) attributable to the repositioning of theweight member 140 that is greater than 1 mm, such as greater than 2 mm, such as greater than 3 mm, such as greater than 4 mm, such as greater than 5 mm, such as greater than 6 mm, such as greater than 8 mm, such as greater than 10 mm, such as greater than 11 mm. - Moreover, in some embodiments of the
golf club head 100 having aweight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within aweight channel 130, the club head is provided with a CGy adjustment range (Max ΔCGy) that is less than 6 mm, such as less than 3 mm, such as less than 1 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.25 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm. - Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments of the
golf club head 100 having aweight member 140 that is adjustably positioned within a rearward channel, the club head is provided with a CGy adjustment range (Max ΔCGy) that is less than 10 mm, such as less than 5 mm, such as less than 3 mm, such as less than 1 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.25 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm. - In some embodiments, a golf club head can be configured to have a constraint relating to the relative amounts that the CG is able to be adjusted in the origin x-direction and origin y-direction. Such a constraint can be defined as the maximum CGy adjustment range (Max ΔCGy) divided by the maximum CXx adjustment range (Max ΔCGx). According to some embodiments, the value of the ratio of (Max ΔCGy)/(Max ΔCGx) is between 0 and about 0.8. In specific embodiments, the value of the ratio of (Max ΔCGy)/(Max ΔCGx) is between 0 and about 0.5, or between 0 and about 0.2, or between 0 and about 0.15, or between 0 and about 0.10, or between 0 and about 0.08, or between 0 and about 0.05, or between 0 and about 0.03, or between 0 and about 0.01.
- In some embodiments, a golf club head can be configured such that only one of the above constraints apply. In other embodiments, a golf club head can be configured such that more than one of the above constraints apply. In still other embodiments, a golf club head can be configured such that all of the above constraints apply.
- Table 3 below lists various properties of an exemplary golf club head, which may be similar to
golf club head 100, having a weight assembly retained within a front channel. -
TABLE 3 Property Value in Exemplary Golf Club Head Slidable weight assembly (g) 66 volume (cc) 150 deltal (mm) 10.7-11.0 max CGx (mm) 5.3 min CGx (mm) 0.3 max CGz (mm) 13.1 Zup min CGz (mm) 13.1 Zup max CGy (mm) 11.0 Delta1 min CGy (mm) 10.7 Delta1 distance of weight From center face to CG of weight assembly to striking face assembly: ~31 mm. (mm) From leading edge to most forward portion of weight assembly: ~17 mm channel length (mm) ~81 mm channel width (mm) ~40 mm channel depth (mm) ~12 mm Izz (kg · mm2) 209 kg · mm2 Ixx (kg · mm2) 93 kg · mm2 - Table 4 below lists various properties of an exemplary golf club head, which may be similar to
golf club head 100, having a weight assembly retained within a front channel, and located at center, toe, and heel positions, respectively: -
TABLE 4 Value in Exemplary Golf Club Head Property Center Toe Heel CGx (mm) 2.8 0.3 5.3 Zup (mm) 13.1 13.1 13.1 Delta 1 (mm) 10.7 11.0 11.0 Balance Point Up (mm) 19.532 19.684 19.732 CGx Delta (mm) −2.5 2.5 BP Delta (mm) 0.152 0.200 BP Delta/CGx Delta (mm/mm) −0.061 0.080 Absolute value BP Delta/CGx 0.061 0.080 Delta (mm/mm) - In table 4 above, BP Delta or Balance Point Up Delta represents the change in the Balance Point Up relative to the Balance Point Up when the weight is in the center position. For example, when the weight is in toewardmost position the Balance Point Up is 19.684 mm compared to 19.532 mm in the center position resulting in a delta or change of 0.152 mm. Similarly, in the heel position the BP Delta is 0.200 mm (19.732 mm−19.532 mm). BP Delta / CXx Delta (mm/mm) is again calculated relative to the center position. For example, BP Delta for the heelwardmost position relative to center is 0.200 mm and the CXx delta from center to heel is 2.5 mm (5.3 mm−2.8 mm) resulting in a ratio of 0.08. It was found that this track configuration produced a very large CXx movement with very little impact to Balance Point Up, which was lacking in earlier designs.
- In some embodiments described herein, BP Delta in a toewardmost position is no more than 0.50 mm, and is between 0.12 mm and 0.50 mm, such as between 0.13 mm and 0.40 mm, such as between 0.14 mm and 0.30 mm. In some embodiments described herein, BP Delta in a heelwardmost position is no more than 0.30 mm, and is between 0.12 mm and 0.30 mm, such as between 0.13 mm and 0.25 mm, such as between 0.15 mm and 0.25 mm.
- In some embodiments described herein, a BP Delta/CXx Delta (mm/mm) when the weight is in the toewardmost position is no more than 0.170 (absolute value). More specifically, the BP Delta/CXx Delta for the toewardmost position relative the center position can be between 0.170 (absolute value) and 0.040 (absolute value). In some embodiments described herein, a BP Delta/CXx Delta (mm/mm) when the weight is in the heelwardmost position is no more than 0.120 (absolute value). More specifically, the BP Delta/CXx Delta for the heelwardmost position relative the center position can be between 0.120 (absolute value) and 0.060 (absolute value). In some embodiments described herein, the summation of the BP Delta/CXx Delta (mm/mm) in the toewardmost position (absolute value) and the BP Delta/CXx Delta (mm/mm) in the heelwardmost position (absolute value) is no more than 0.29, and is between 0.11 and 0.29, such as between 0.12 and 0.28, such as between 0.13 and 0.25. Unexpectedly, the location of the weight bearing channel in the front portion of the club head can lead to synergies in golf club performance. First, because Δ1 (delta 1) is relatively small, dynamic lofting is reduced; thereby reducing spin that otherwise may reduce distance. Additionally, because the projection of the CG is below the center-face, the gear effect biases the golf ball to rotate toward the projection of the CG—or, in other words, with forward spin. This is countered by the loft of the golf club head imparting back spin. The overall effect is a relatively low spin profile. However, because the CG is below the center face (and, thereby, below the ideal impact location) as measured along the z-axis, the golf ball will tend to rise higher on impact. The result is a high launching but lower spinning golf shot on purely struck shots, which leads to better ball flight (higher and softer landing) with more distance due to less energy loss from spin.
- The distance between weight channels/weight ports and weight size can contribute to the amount of CG change made possible in a golf club head, particularly in a golf club head used in conjunction with a removable sleeve assembly, as described above.
- In some exemplary embodiments of a golf club head having two, three or four weights, a maximum weight mass multiplied by the distance between the maximum weight and the minimum weight is between about 100 g·mm and about 3,750 g·mm or about 200 g·mm and 2,000 g·mm. More specifically, in certain embodiments, the maximum weight mass multiplied by the weight separation distance is between about 500 g·mm and about 1,500 g·mm, between about 1,200 g·mm and about 1,400 g·mm.
- When a weight or weight port is used as a reference point from which a distance, i.e., a vectorial distance (defined as the length of a straight line extending from a reference or feature point to another reference or feature point) to another weight or weights port is determined, the reference point is typically the volumetric centroid of the weight port. When a movable weight club head and sleeve assembly are combined, it is possible to achieve the highest level of club trajectory modification while simultaneously achieving the desired look of the club at address. For example, if a player prefers to have an open club face look at address, the player can put the club in the “R” or open face position. If that player then hits a fade (since the face is open) shot but prefers to hit a straight shot, or slight draw, it is possible to take the same club and move the heavy weight to the heel port to promote draw bias. Therefore, it is possible for a player to have the desired look at address (in this case open face) and the desired trajectory (in this case straight or slight draw).
- In yet another advantage, by combining the movable weight concept with an adjustable sleeve position (effecting loft, lie and face angle) it is possible to amplify the desired trajectory bias that a player may be trying to achieve.
- For example, if a player wants to achieve the most draw possible, the player can adjust the sleeve position to be in the closed face position or “L” position and also put the heavy weight in the heel port. The weight and the sleeve position work together to achieve the greater draw bias possible. On the other hand, to achieve the greatest fade bias, the sleeve position can be set for the open face or “R” position and the heavy weight is placed in the top port.
- As described above, the combination of a large CG change (measured by the heaviest weight multiplied by the distance between the ports) and a large loft change (measured by the largest possible change in loft between two sleeve positions, Δloft) results in the highest level of trajectory adjustability. Thus, a product of the distance between at least two weight ports, the maximum weight, and the maximum loft change is important in describing the benefits achieved by the embodiments described herein.
- In one embodiment, the product of the distance between at least two weight ports, the maximum weight, and the maximum loft change is between about 50 mm·g ·deg and about 8,000 mm·g·deg, preferably between about 2000 mm·g·deg and about 6,000 mm·g·deg, more preferably between about 2500 mm·g·deg and about 4,500 mm·g·deg, or even more preferably between about 3000 mm·g ·deg and about 4,100 mm·g ·deg. In other words, in certain embodiments, the golf club head satisfies the following expressions in Equations 4-7. Notably, the maximum loft change may vary between 2-4 degrees, and the preferred embodiment having a maximum loft change of 4 degrees or +2 degrees.
-
50 mm·g·degrees<Dwp·Mhw·Δloft<8,000 mm·g·degrees (4) -
2000 mm·g·degrees<Dwp·Mhw·Δloft<6,000 mm·g·degrees (5) -
2500 mm·g·degrees<Dwp·Mhw·Δloft<4,500 mm·g·degrees (6) -
3000 mm·g·degrees<Dwp·Mhw·Δloft<4,100 mm·g·degrees (7) - In the above expressions, Dwp, is the distance between two weight port centroids (mm), Mhw, is the mass of the heaviest weight (g), and Aloft is the maximum loft change (degrees) between at least two sleeve positions. A golf club head within the ranges described above will ensure the highest level of trajectory adjustability.
- Additional disclosure regarding providing both a movable weight and an adjustable shaft assembly to a golf club head can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 8,622,847, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference.
- According to some exemplary embodiments of a golf club head described herein, head an areal weight, i.e., material density multiplied by the material thickness, of the golf club head sole, crown and skirt, respectively, is less than about 0.45 g/cm2 over at least about 50% of the surface area of the respective sole, crown and skirt. In some specific embodiments, the areal weight is between about 0.05 g/cm2 and about 0.15 g/cm2, between about 0.10 g/cm2 and about 0.20 g/cm2between about 0.15 g/cm2 and about 0.25 g/cm2, between about 0.25 g/cm2 and about 0.35 g/cm2 between about 0.35 g/cm2 and about 0.45 g/cm2, or between about 0.45 g/cm2 and about 0.55 g/cm2.
- According to some exemplary embodiments of a golf club head described herein, the head comprises a skirt with a thickness less than about 0.8 mm, and the head skirt areal weight is less than about 0.41 g/cm2 over at least about 50% of the surface area of the skirt. In specific embodiments, the skirt areal weight is between about 0.15 g/cm2 and about 0.24 g/cm2, between about 0.24 g/cm2 and about 0.33 g/cm2 or between about 0.33 g/cm2 and about 0.41 g/cm2.
- Some of the exemplary golf club heads described herein can be configured to have a constraint defined as the moment of inertia about the golf club head CG x-axis (Ixx) multiplied by the total movable weight mass. According to some embodiments, the second constraint is between about 1.4 kg2·mm2 and about 40 kg2·mm2. In certain embodiments, the second constraint is between about 1.4 kg2·mm2 and about 2.0 kg2·mm2, between about 2.0 kg2-mm2 and about 10 kg2·mm2 or between about 10 kg2·mm2 and about 40 kg2·mm2.
- Some of the exemplary golf club heads described herein can be configured to have another constraint defined as the moment of inertia about the golf club head CG z-axis (Izz) multiplied by the total movable weight mass. According to some embodiments, the fourth constraint is between about 2.5 kg2·mm2 and about 72 kg2·mm2. In certain embodiments, the fourth constraint is between about 2.5 kg2·mm2 and about 3.6 kg2·mm2 between about 3.6 kg2·mm2 and about 18 kg2·mm2 or between about 18 kg2·mm2 and about 72 kg2·mm2.
- In some embodiments described herein, a moment of inertia about a golf club head CG z-axis (Izz) can be greater than about 190 kg·mm2. More specifically, the moment of inertia about head CG z-axis 203 can be between about 190 kg·mm2 and about 300 kg·mm2, between about 300 kg·mm2 and about 350 kg·mm2, between about 350 kg·mm2 and about 400 kg·mm2, between about 400 kg·mm2 and about 450 kg·mm2, between about 450 kg·mm2 and about 500 kg·mm2or greater than about 500 kg·mm2.
- In some embodiments described herein, a moment of inertia about a golf club head CG x-axis (Ixx) can be greater than about 80 kg·mm2. More specifically, the moment of inertia about the head CG x-axis 201 can be between about 80 kg·mm2 and about 180 kg·mm2, between about 180 kg·mm2 and about 250 kg-mm2 between about 250 kg·mm2 and about 300 kg·mm2, between about 300 kg·mm2 and about 350 kg·mm2, between about 350 kg·mm2 and about 400 kg·mm2, or greater than about 400 kg·mm2.
- Additional disclosure regarding areal weight and calculating values for moments of inertia providing both a movable weight and an adjustable shaft assembly to a golf club head can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 7,963,861, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- In view of the many possible embodiments to which the principles of the disclosed technology may be applied, it should be recognized that the illustrated embodiments are only preferred examples of the technology and should not be taken as limiting the scope of the disclosure. Rather, the scope of the disclosed technology is at least as broad as the full scope of following claims. We therefore claim all that comes within the scope and spirit of these claims and their equivalents.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/387,181 US11771963B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2021-07-28 | Golf club heads |
US18/468,273 US20240082655A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2023-09-15 | Golf club heads |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/042,902 US10653926B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2018-07-23 | Golf club heads |
US16/875,802 US11013965B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-05-15 | Golf club heads |
US17/112,761 US11400350B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-12-04 | Golf club heads |
US17/387,181 US11771963B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2021-07-28 | Golf club heads |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/112,761 Continuation US11400350B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-12-04 | Golf club heads |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/468,273 Continuation US20240082655A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2023-09-15 | Golf club heads |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210354008A1 true US20210354008A1 (en) | 2021-11-18 |
US11771963B2 US11771963B2 (en) | 2023-10-03 |
Family
ID=69162460
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/042,902 Active US10653926B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2018-07-23 | Golf club heads |
US16/875,802 Active US11013965B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-05-15 | Golf club heads |
US17/112,761 Active US11400350B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-12-04 | Golf club heads |
US17/387,181 Active US11771963B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2021-07-28 | Golf club heads |
US18/468,273 Pending US20240082655A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2023-09-15 | Golf club heads |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/042,902 Active US10653926B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2018-07-23 | Golf club heads |
US16/875,802 Active US11013965B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-05-15 | Golf club heads |
US17/112,761 Active US11400350B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-12-04 | Golf club heads |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/468,273 Pending US20240082655A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2023-09-15 | Golf club heads |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US10653926B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8900069B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2014-12-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Fairway wood center of gravity projection |
US9700764B2 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2017-07-11 | Vandette B. Carter | Golf club with adjustable center of gravity head |
US10639524B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2020-05-05 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
GB2575601B (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2022-08-17 | Karsten Mfg Corp | Golf club head with adjustable resting face angle |
US10653926B2 (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2020-05-19 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US20220347530A1 (en) * | 2019-04-18 | 2022-11-03 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having an adjustable weight assembly |
US11090536B2 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2021-08-17 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having an adjustable weight assembly |
US11439879B2 (en) * | 2019-04-18 | 2022-09-13 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having an adjustable weight assembly |
US10773135B1 (en) | 2019-08-28 | 2020-09-15 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US10835791B1 (en) * | 2020-03-02 | 2020-11-17 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable sole weight |
US11421679B1 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2022-08-23 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Packing assembly with threaded sleeve for interaction with an installation tool |
US11421680B1 (en) | 2020-06-30 | 2022-08-23 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Packing bore wear sleeve retainer system |
US11384756B1 (en) | 2020-08-19 | 2022-07-12 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Composite valve seat system and method |
JP2023540792A (en) * | 2020-09-10 | 2023-09-26 | カーステン マニュファクチュアリング コーポレーション | Fairway wood golf club head with low CG |
US11406881B2 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2022-08-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US11759685B2 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2023-09-19 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US11391374B1 (en) | 2021-01-14 | 2022-07-19 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Dual ring stuffing box |
US11434900B1 (en) | 2022-04-25 | 2022-09-06 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Spring controlling valve |
US11920684B1 (en) | 2022-05-17 | 2024-03-05 | Vulcan Industrial Holdings, LLC | Mechanically or hybrid mounted valve seat |
US11925841B2 (en) * | 2022-07-12 | 2024-03-12 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having an adjustable weight assembly |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090258725A1 (en) * | 2008-04-10 | 2009-10-15 | Jones David D | Golf putter heads and removable putter weights |
US20090286619A1 (en) * | 2008-05-16 | 2009-11-19 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US20160236047A1 (en) * | 2012-10-23 | 2016-08-18 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Adjustable sole weight of a golf club head |
US11013965B2 (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2021-05-25 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US11406881B2 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2022-08-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
Family Cites Families (696)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US411000A (en) | 1889-09-17 | Euclid anderson | ||
US1320163A (en) * | 1919-10-28 | Oole-cltjb attachment | ||
US1133129A (en) | 1913-03-06 | 1915-03-23 | James Govan | Golf-club. |
US1135621A (en) | 1914-05-07 | 1915-04-13 | David Roberts | Golf and like club. |
GB194823A (en) | 1921-12-23 | 1923-03-22 | James Hamilton Stirling | Improvements in or relating to golf clubs and the like |
US1518316A (en) | 1922-12-14 | 1924-12-09 | Robert W Ellingham | Golf club |
US1526438A (en) | 1923-07-16 | 1925-02-17 | Stream Line Company | Golf driver |
US1555425A (en) * | 1924-04-15 | 1925-09-29 | W P Smith Sports Company Ltd | Golf club |
US1538312A (en) | 1925-02-21 | 1925-05-19 | Beat William Neish | Golf club |
US1592463A (en) | 1926-03-03 | 1926-07-13 | Marker Theodore | Golf club |
US1854548A (en) | 1927-03-08 | 1932-04-19 | James B Hunt | Golf club head |
US1697846A (en) | 1927-05-28 | 1929-01-08 | David W Anderson | Universal golf club |
US1658581A (en) | 1927-09-19 | 1928-02-07 | Alexander G Tobia | Metallic golf-club head |
US1704119A (en) | 1927-12-09 | 1929-03-05 | R H Buhrke Co | Golf-club construction |
US1705997A (en) | 1928-09-04 | 1929-03-19 | Quynn John Williams | Golf club |
US1970409A (en) | 1932-09-27 | 1934-08-14 | Olaf C Wiedemann | Ratchet tool |
US2225930A (en) | 1938-02-08 | 1940-12-24 | Isaac E Sexton | Golf club |
US2214356A (en) | 1938-04-20 | 1940-09-10 | William L Wettlaufer | Testing apparatus for golf clubs |
US2257575A (en) | 1939-07-31 | 1941-09-30 | Spalding A G & Bros Inc | Golf club |
US2328583A (en) | 1941-05-17 | 1943-09-07 | Milton B Reach | Golf club |
US2360364A (en) | 1942-01-07 | 1944-10-17 | Milton B Reach | Golf club |
US2375249A (en) | 1943-12-18 | 1945-05-08 | Joseph R Richer | Cap screw |
US2460435A (en) | 1948-04-23 | 1949-02-01 | Fred B Schaffer | Golf club |
US2691525A (en) | 1950-04-15 | 1954-10-12 | Callaghan Leila | Adjustable golf club head |
US2652256A (en) * | 1951-09-14 | 1953-09-15 | Wilbur H Thomas | Whip action device for the head of golf clubs |
US2681523A (en) | 1951-12-10 | 1954-06-22 | William H Sellers | Broadcasting program selector |
US3064980A (en) | 1959-12-29 | 1962-11-20 | James V Steiner | Variable golf club head |
US3084940A (en) | 1960-07-06 | 1963-04-09 | Eric B Cissel | Golf club heads |
US3466047A (en) | 1966-10-03 | 1969-09-09 | Frank J Rodia | Golf club having adjustable weights |
US3486755A (en) | 1966-11-16 | 1969-12-30 | William R Hodge | Golf putter with head aligning means |
US3556533A (en) | 1968-08-29 | 1971-01-19 | Bancroft Racket Co | Sole plate secured to club head by screws of different specific gravities |
US3606327A (en) | 1969-01-28 | 1971-09-20 | Joseph M Gorman | Golf club weight control capsule |
US3610630A (en) | 1969-10-21 | 1971-10-05 | Cecil C Glover | Golf club head with weight adjusting means |
US3652094A (en) | 1969-10-21 | 1972-03-28 | Cecil C Glover | Golf club with adjustable weighting plugs |
US3589731A (en) | 1969-12-29 | 1971-06-29 | Chancellor Chair Co | Golf club head with movable weight |
US3672419A (en) | 1970-10-06 | 1972-06-27 | Alvin G Fischer | Hand tools |
US3860244A (en) | 1970-12-04 | 1975-01-14 | Floyd M Cosby | Golf clubs of the type known as woods |
US3680868A (en) | 1970-12-18 | 1972-08-01 | Dayco Corp | Golf putter with rotatable sole device mounted thereon |
US3692306A (en) | 1971-02-18 | 1972-09-19 | Cecil C Glover | Golf club having integrally formed face and sole plate with weight means |
US3743297A (en) | 1972-06-05 | 1973-07-03 | E Dennis | Golf swing practice club |
US3810631A (en) | 1972-07-24 | 1974-05-14 | Con Sole Golf Corp | Golf club head of the iron type having a concave sole |
US4085934A (en) | 1972-08-03 | 1978-04-25 | Roy Alexander Churchward | Golf club |
US4043563A (en) | 1972-08-03 | 1977-08-23 | Roy Alexander Churchward | Golf club |
US3979123A (en) | 1973-11-28 | 1976-09-07 | Belmont Peter A | Golf club heads and process |
US3897066A (en) | 1973-11-28 | 1975-07-29 | Peter A Belmont | Golf club heads and process |
US3976299A (en) | 1974-12-16 | 1976-08-24 | Lawrence Philip E | Golf club head apparatus |
US3979122A (en) | 1975-06-13 | 1976-09-07 | Belmont Peter A | Adjustably-weighted golf irons and processes |
US4008896A (en) | 1975-07-10 | 1977-02-22 | Gordos Ambrose L | Weight adjustor assembly |
US3997170A (en) | 1975-08-20 | 1976-12-14 | Goldberg Marvin B | Golf wood, or iron, club |
US4052075A (en) | 1976-01-08 | 1977-10-04 | Daly C Robert | Golf club |
US4021047A (en) * | 1976-02-25 | 1977-05-03 | Mader Robert J | Golf driver club |
US4076254A (en) | 1976-04-07 | 1978-02-28 | Nygren Gordon W | Golf club with low density and high inertia head |
US4398965A (en) | 1976-10-26 | 1983-08-16 | Pepsico, Inc. | Method of making iron golf clubs with flexible impact surface |
US4121832A (en) | 1977-03-03 | 1978-10-24 | Ebbing Raymond A | Golf putter |
US4214754A (en) | 1978-01-25 | 1980-07-29 | Pro-Patterns Inc. | Metal golf driver and method of making same |
US4150702A (en) | 1978-02-10 | 1979-04-24 | Holmes Horace D | Locking fastener |
US4189976A (en) | 1978-06-29 | 1980-02-26 | Fargo Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Dual head fastener |
JPS5565059U (en) | 1978-10-26 | 1980-05-06 | ||
US4262562A (en) | 1979-04-02 | 1981-04-21 | Macneill Arden B | Golf spike wrench and handle |
USD259698S (en) | 1979-04-02 | 1981-06-30 | Macneill Arden B | Handle for a golf spike wrench, screw driver, corkscrew and other devices |
DE3003908C2 (en) | 1980-02-02 | 1984-10-18 | Profil-Verbindungstechnik Gmbh & Co Kg, 6382 Friedrichsdorf | Stud bolts with punching and riveting behavior |
US4411430A (en) | 1980-05-19 | 1983-10-25 | Walter Dian, Inc. | Golf putter |
US4530505A (en) | 1981-02-06 | 1985-07-23 | Stuff Alfred O | Golf club head |
US4340229A (en) | 1981-02-06 | 1982-07-20 | Stuff Jr Alfred O | Golf club including alignment device |
US4423874A (en) | 1981-02-06 | 1984-01-03 | Stuff Jr Alfred O | Golf club head |
JPS57157374A (en) | 1981-03-25 | 1982-09-28 | Fujitsu Ltd | Remote test controlling system |
JPS589170U (en) | 1981-07-04 | 1983-01-21 | マルマンゴルフ株式会社 | golf club head |
US4471961A (en) | 1982-09-15 | 1984-09-18 | Pepsico, Inc. | Golf club with bulge radius and increased moment of inertia about an inclined axis |
US4438931A (en) | 1982-09-16 | 1984-03-27 | Kabushiki Kaisha Endo Seisakusho | Golf club head |
USD284346S (en) | 1982-12-18 | 1986-06-24 | Masters Ernest G | Chuck key holder |
US4553755A (en) | 1983-01-28 | 1985-11-19 | Daiwa Golf Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
JPS60116369U (en) | 1984-01-11 | 1985-08-06 | リョービ株式会社 | golf club metal head |
DE3435861A1 (en) | 1984-09-29 | 1986-04-03 | Hobeg Hochtemperaturreaktor-Brennelement Gmbh, 6450 Hanau | METHOD FOR PRODUCING SPHERICAL FUEL ELEMENTS |
GB2173407A (en) | 1985-04-10 | 1986-10-15 | Gordon James Tilley | Golf clubs |
US4736951A (en) | 1985-05-28 | 1988-04-12 | Thomas Grant | Golf club |
US4762322A (en) | 1985-08-05 | 1988-08-09 | Spalding & Evenflo Companies, Inc. | Golf club |
JPH0657271B2 (en) | 1985-09-17 | 1994-08-03 | ヤマハ株式会社 | Manufacturing method of wood club head for golf |
JPS62176469A (en) | 1986-01-31 | 1987-08-03 | マルマンゴルフ株式会社 | Head of golf club |
US4712798A (en) | 1986-03-04 | 1987-12-15 | Mario Preato | Golf putter |
US4607846A (en) | 1986-05-03 | 1986-08-26 | Perkins Sonnie J | Golf club heads with adjustable weighting |
US4736093A (en) | 1986-05-09 | 1988-04-05 | Brunswick Corporation | Calculator for determining frequency matched set of golf clubs |
US4869507A (en) | 1986-06-16 | 1989-09-26 | Players Golf, Inc. | Golf club |
US4754977A (en) | 1986-06-16 | 1988-07-05 | Players Golf, Inc. | Golf club |
JPH0446776Y2 (en) | 1986-07-11 | 1992-11-04 | ||
US5078400A (en) | 1986-08-28 | 1992-01-07 | Salomon S.A. | Weight distribution of the head of a golf club |
WO1988002642A1 (en) | 1986-10-10 | 1988-04-21 | Armstrong, Kenneth, Alan | Golf club head |
JPS63209676A (en) | 1987-02-25 | 1988-08-31 | マルマンゴルフ株式会社 | Head of wood golf club for longest flight distance |
JPS6417270U (en) | 1987-07-17 | 1989-01-27 | ||
US4809983A (en) | 1987-09-28 | 1989-03-07 | Langert H Edward | Golf club head |
JPH0621504Y2 (en) | 1987-10-09 | 1994-06-08 | 六郎 細田 | Golf club that also serves as a putter |
US4867457A (en) | 1988-04-27 | 1989-09-19 | Puttru, Inc. | Golf putter head |
CA1327414C (en) | 1988-06-27 | 1994-03-01 | Junichiro Washiyama | Heat-resistant resin composition |
US4895371A (en) | 1988-07-29 | 1990-01-23 | Bushner Gerald F | Golf putter |
US5058895A (en) | 1989-01-25 | 1991-10-22 | Igarashi Lawrence Y | Golf club with improved moment of inertia |
US5076585A (en) | 1990-12-17 | 1991-12-31 | Harry Bouquet | Wood golf clubhead assembly with peripheral weight distribution and matched center of gravity location |
US5039267A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1991-08-13 | Phillips Plastics Corporation | Tee tree fastener |
JPH0335480U (en) | 1989-08-11 | 1991-04-08 | ||
US4962932A (en) | 1989-09-06 | 1990-10-16 | Anderson Thomas G | Golf putter head with adjustable weight cylinder |
US5255913A (en) * | 1989-10-09 | 1993-10-26 | Yamaha Corporation | Wood golf club head |
US5028049A (en) | 1989-10-30 | 1991-07-02 | Mckeighen James F | Golf club head |
US5042806A (en) | 1989-12-29 | 1991-08-27 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club with neckless metal head |
US5232224A (en) | 1990-01-22 | 1993-08-03 | Zeider Robert L | Golf club head and method of manufacture |
US5050879A (en) | 1990-01-22 | 1991-09-24 | Cipa Manufacturing Corporation | Golf driver with variable weighting for changing center of gravity |
US5020950A (en) | 1990-03-06 | 1991-06-04 | Multifastener Corporation | Riveting fastener with improved torque resistance |
US5122020A (en) | 1990-04-23 | 1992-06-16 | Bedi Ram D | Self locking fastener |
US5006023A (en) | 1990-04-24 | 1991-04-09 | Stanley Kaplan | Strip-out preventing anchoring assembly and method of anchoring |
USD343558S (en) | 1990-06-26 | 1994-01-25 | Macneill Engineering Company, Inc. | Bit for a cleat wrench |
US5141230A (en) | 1990-08-10 | 1992-08-25 | Antonious A J | Metal wood golf club head with improved weighting system |
DE9012884U1 (en) | 1990-09-10 | 1990-11-15 | Lu, Ben, Kao-Hsiung, Nantou | Golf club head |
JPH04128970A (en) | 1990-09-20 | 1992-04-30 | Canon Inc | Document processing system |
US5067715A (en) | 1990-10-16 | 1991-11-26 | Callaway Golf Company | Hollow, metallic golf club head with dendritic structure |
US5480152A (en) | 1990-10-16 | 1996-01-02 | Callaway Golf Company | Hollow, metallic golf club head with relieved sole and dendritic structure |
JPH0793956B2 (en) | 1990-11-15 | 1995-10-11 | 株式会社大沢商会 | Golf club head |
US5346217A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1994-09-13 | Yamaha Corporation | Hollow metal alloy wood-type golf head |
US5121922A (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1992-06-16 | Harsh Sr Ronald L | Golf club head weight modification apparatus |
US5193810A (en) | 1991-11-07 | 1993-03-16 | Antonious A J | Wood type aerodynamic golf club head having an air foil member on the upper surface |
US5253869A (en) | 1991-11-27 | 1993-10-19 | Dingle Craig B | Golf putter |
US5213328A (en) | 1992-01-23 | 1993-05-25 | Macgregor Golf Company | Reinforced metal golf club head |
US5251901A (en) | 1992-02-21 | 1993-10-12 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Wood type golf clubs |
JP2521221Y2 (en) | 1992-02-27 | 1996-12-25 | ダイワゴルフ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US5219408A (en) | 1992-03-02 | 1993-06-15 | Sun Donald J C | One-body precision cast metal wood |
JPH05296582A (en) | 1992-04-22 | 1993-11-09 | Nippondenso Co Ltd | Air conditioning device for vehicles |
US5301941A (en) | 1992-05-13 | 1994-04-12 | Vardon Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head with increased radius of gyration and face reinforcement |
JPH05323978A (en) | 1992-05-22 | 1993-12-07 | Onkyo Corp | Recording and reproducing method for accompaniment signal and automatic key controller for orchestral accompaniment device |
JP2773009B2 (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1998-07-09 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US5221086A (en) | 1992-06-04 | 1993-06-22 | Antonious A J | Wood type golf club head with aerodynamic configuration |
FR2692157B1 (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1994-08-19 | Taylor Made Golf Co | Improvement to improve the behavior of a golf head. |
US5316305A (en) | 1992-07-02 | 1994-05-31 | Wilson Sporting Goods Co. | Golf clubhead with multi-material soleplate |
US5472203A (en) | 1992-08-05 | 1995-12-05 | Callaway Golf Company | Iron golf club head with dual intersecting recesses |
US5330187A (en) | 1992-08-05 | 1994-07-19 | Callaway Golf Company | Iron golf club head with dual intersecting recesses |
US5306008A (en) | 1992-09-04 | 1994-04-26 | Frank Kinoshita | Momentum transfer golf club |
US5244210A (en) | 1992-09-21 | 1993-09-14 | Lawrence Au | Golf putter system |
JPH084645B2 (en) | 1992-10-15 | 1996-01-24 | 株式会社ロイヤルコレクション | Golf club head |
JP2547098Y2 (en) | 1992-10-28 | 1997-09-03 | ダイワ精工株式会社 | Golf club head |
JPH06190088A (en) | 1992-12-25 | 1994-07-12 | Maruman Golf Corp | Golf club head |
US5297794A (en) | 1993-01-14 | 1994-03-29 | Lu Clive S | Golf club and golf club head |
JP2760723B2 (en) | 1993-02-12 | 1998-06-04 | 武彦 小田 | Golf putter |
US5310186A (en) | 1993-03-17 | 1994-05-10 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club head with weight pad |
US5421577A (en) | 1993-04-15 | 1995-06-06 | Kobayashi; Kenji | Metallic golf clubhead |
JPH06304271A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1994-11-01 | Bridgestone Sports Kk | Golf club head |
US5564705A (en) | 1993-05-31 | 1996-10-15 | K.K. Endo Seisakusho | Golf club head with peripheral balance weights |
US5328176A (en) | 1993-06-10 | 1994-07-12 | Lo Kun Nan | Composite golf head |
JP2567638Y2 (en) | 1993-06-21 | 1998-04-02 | ダイワ精工株式会社 | Golf club head |
US5429365A (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1995-07-04 | Mckeighen; James F. | Titanium golf club head and method |
US5441274A (en) | 1993-10-29 | 1995-08-15 | Clay; Truman R. | Adjustable putter |
US5320005A (en) | 1993-11-05 | 1994-06-14 | Hsiao Chia Yuan | Bicycle pedal crank dismantling device |
US5385348A (en) | 1993-11-15 | 1995-01-31 | Wargo; Elmer | Method and system for providing custom designed golf clubs having replaceable swing weight inserts |
US5410798A (en) | 1994-01-06 | 1995-05-02 | Lo; Kun-Nan | Method for producing a composite golf club head |
US5395113A (en) | 1994-02-24 | 1995-03-07 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Iron type golf club with improved weight configuration |
US5746664A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1998-05-05 | Reynolds, Jr.; Walker | Golf putter |
JPH10500875A (en) | 1994-05-30 | 1998-01-27 | テイラー メイド ゴルフ カムパニー,インコーポレーテッド | Golf club head |
US5449260A (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1995-09-12 | Whittle; Weldon M. | Tamper-evident bolt |
US5911638A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1999-06-15 | Goldwin Golf Usa, Inc. | Golf club head with adjustable weighting |
US5788584A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1998-08-04 | Goldwin Golf U.S.A., Inc. | Golf club head with perimeter weighting |
US5582553A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1996-12-10 | Goldwin Golf U.S.A., Inc. | Golf club head with interlocking sole plate |
JP2996459B2 (en) | 1994-07-14 | 1999-12-27 | ダイワ精工株式会社 | Golf club head |
US5762567A (en) | 1994-07-25 | 1998-06-09 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Metal wood type golf club head with improved weight distribution and configuration |
US5451056A (en) | 1994-08-11 | 1995-09-19 | Hillerich And Bradsby Co., Inc. | Metal wood type golf club |
US5439222A (en) | 1994-08-16 | 1995-08-08 | Kranenberg; Christian F. | Table balanced, adjustable moment of inertia, vibrationally tuned putter |
US5467983A (en) | 1994-08-23 | 1995-11-21 | Chen; Archer C. C. | Golf wooden club head |
US5499814A (en) | 1994-09-08 | 1996-03-19 | Lu; Clive S. | Hollow club head with deflecting insert face plate |
US5511786A (en) | 1994-09-19 | 1996-04-30 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Wood type aerodynamic golf club head having an air foil member on the upper surface |
USD365615S (en) | 1994-09-19 | 1995-12-26 | Akio Shimatani | Head for a golf putter |
US5620379A (en) | 1994-12-09 | 1997-04-15 | Borys; Robert A. | Prism golf club |
US5518243A (en) | 1995-01-25 | 1996-05-21 | Zubi Golf Company | Wood-type golf club head with improved adjustable weight configuration |
JPH08229166A (en) | 1995-02-27 | 1996-09-10 | Yamaha Corp | Wood club head for golf |
US5603668A (en) | 1995-04-13 | 1997-02-18 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Iron type golf club head with improved sole configuration |
US5573467A (en) | 1995-05-09 | 1996-11-12 | Acushnet Company | Golf club and set of golf clubs |
US5629475A (en) | 1995-06-01 | 1997-05-13 | Chastonay; Herman A. | Method of relocating the center of percussion on an assembled golf club to either the center of the club head face or some other club head face location |
US5538245A (en) | 1995-06-23 | 1996-07-23 | Moore; Donald D. | Golf club with adjustable head |
JPH0928844A (en) | 1995-07-14 | 1997-02-04 | Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The | Golf club |
US5571053A (en) | 1995-08-14 | 1996-11-05 | Lane; Stephen P. | Cantilever-weighted golf putter |
US5683309A (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1997-11-04 | Reimers; Eric W. | Adjustable balance weighting system for golf clubs |
US5916042A (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1999-06-29 | Reimers; Eric W. | Adjustable balance weighting system for golf clubs |
US5533730A (en) | 1995-10-19 | 1996-07-09 | Ruvang; John A. | Adjustable golf putter |
US5624331A (en) | 1995-10-30 | 1997-04-29 | Pro-Kennex, Inc. | Composite-metal golf club head |
US5688189A (en) | 1995-11-03 | 1997-11-18 | Bland; Bertram Alvin | Golf putter |
US5632694A (en) | 1995-11-14 | 1997-05-27 | Lee; Doo-Pyung | Putter |
US5681228A (en) | 1995-11-16 | 1997-10-28 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
JP3205495B2 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 2001-09-04 | ワイケイケイ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US5658206A (en) | 1995-11-22 | 1997-08-19 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Golf club with outer peripheral weight configuration |
EP0786271A3 (en) | 1996-01-25 | 1998-06-03 | Quantum Leap Golf Company, L.L.C. | Adjustable weight golf club |
US6190267B1 (en) | 1996-02-07 | 2001-02-20 | Copex Corporation | Golf club head controlling golf ball movement |
JPH09215783A (en) | 1996-02-08 | 1997-08-19 | Mitsubishi Materials Corp | Golf club head |
US5720674A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1998-02-24 | Taylor Made Golf Co. | Golf club head |
JP3266799B2 (en) | 1996-06-11 | 2002-03-18 | 株式会社遠藤製作所 | Golf club |
US5709613A (en) | 1996-06-12 | 1998-01-20 | Sheraw; Dennis R. | Adjustable back-shaft golf putter |
JPH1024128A (en) | 1996-07-15 | 1998-01-27 | Yamaha Corp | Wood club head for golf |
US6514154B1 (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2003-02-04 | Charles A. Finn | Golf club having adjustable weights and readily removable and replaceable shaft |
US6149533A (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2000-11-21 | Finn; Charles A. | Golf club |
JP3096967B2 (en) | 1996-09-20 | 2000-10-10 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Weight body fixing structure of metal hollow golf club head |
US5776011A (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1998-07-07 | Echelon Golf | Golf club head |
JP3502728B2 (en) | 1996-10-02 | 2004-03-02 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Method for treating hollow inner surface of hollow golf club head made of metal |
US6338683B1 (en) | 1996-10-23 | 2002-01-15 | Callaway Golf Company | Striking plate for a golf club head |
US6238303B1 (en) | 1996-12-03 | 2001-05-29 | John Fite | Golf putter with adjustable characteristics |
US5735754A (en) | 1996-12-04 | 1998-04-07 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Aerodynamic metal wood golf club head |
US6422951B1 (en) | 1997-01-07 | 2002-07-23 | Bruce D. Burrows | Metal wood type golf club head |
US5766095A (en) | 1997-01-22 | 1998-06-16 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Metalwood golf club with elevated outer peripheral weight |
US5776010A (en) | 1997-01-22 | 1998-07-07 | Callaway Golf Company | Weight structure on a golf club head |
US6186905B1 (en) | 1997-01-22 | 2001-02-13 | Callaway Golf Company | Methods for designing golf club heads |
US5798587A (en) | 1997-01-22 | 1998-08-25 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Cooling loop structure of high speed spindle |
US5947840A (en) | 1997-01-24 | 1999-09-07 | Ryan; William H. | Adjustable weight golf club |
US6074308A (en) | 1997-02-10 | 2000-06-13 | Domas; Andrew A. | Golf club wood head with optimum aerodynamic structure |
US5997415A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1999-12-07 | Zevo Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
JPH10225538A (en) | 1997-02-17 | 1998-08-25 | Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The | Golf club head and manufacture thereof |
JPH10234902A (en) | 1997-02-24 | 1998-09-08 | Daiwa Seiko Inc | Golf club head and mounting of weight member to be mounted at the head |
USD392526S (en) | 1997-03-19 | 1998-03-24 | Nicely Jerome T | Ratcheting drive device |
US5769737A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 1998-06-23 | Holladay; Brice R. | Adjustable weight golf club head |
JPH10263123A (en) | 1997-03-27 | 1998-10-06 | Shinku:Kk | Golf club |
US5718641A (en) | 1997-03-27 | 1998-02-17 | Ae Teh Shen Co., Ltd. | Golf club head that makes a sound when striking the ball |
JPH10277187A (en) | 1997-04-07 | 1998-10-20 | Shoe Takahashi | Golf club head which allows fine adjustment of weight distribution |
US5851160A (en) | 1997-04-09 | 1998-12-22 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Metalwood golf club head |
US6023891A (en) | 1997-05-02 | 2000-02-15 | Robertson; Kelly | Lifting apparatus for concrete structures |
US5888148A (en) | 1997-05-19 | 1999-03-30 | Vardon Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head with power shaft and method of making |
US5873791A (en) | 1997-05-19 | 1999-02-23 | Varndon Golf Company, Inc. | Oversize metal wood with power shaft |
US5788587A (en) | 1997-07-07 | 1998-08-04 | Tseng; Wen-Cheng | Centroid-adjustable golf club head |
US6557977B1 (en) | 1997-07-15 | 2003-05-06 | Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd | Shape memory alloy ink jet printing mechanism |
US5924938A (en) | 1997-07-25 | 1999-07-20 | Hines; James L. R. | Golf putter with movable shaft connection |
US6019686A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2000-02-01 | Gray; William R. | Top weighted putter |
US6193614B1 (en) | 1997-09-09 | 2001-02-27 | Daiwa Seiko, Inc. | Golf club head |
US6017177A (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2000-01-25 | Mcgard, Inc. | Multi-tier security fastener |
JP3469758B2 (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2003-11-25 | ダイワ精工株式会社 | Golf club |
US5941782A (en) | 1997-10-14 | 1999-08-24 | Cook; Donald R. | Cast golf club head with strengthening ribs |
WO1999020358A1 (en) | 1997-10-20 | 1999-04-29 | Schneider Terry L | Golf club head with improved energy transfer and vibration dampening |
JP3950210B2 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 2007-07-25 | ダイワ精工株式会社 | Golf club head |
US6248025B1 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2001-06-19 | Callaway Golf Company | Composite golf club head and method of manufacturing |
US6386990B1 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2002-05-14 | Callaway Golf Company | Composite golf club head with integral weight strip |
US6669580B1 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2003-12-30 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head that optimizes products of inertia |
US6612938B2 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2003-09-02 | Callaway Golf Company | Composite golf club head |
US6425832B2 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2002-07-30 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head that optimizes products of inertia |
US6607452B2 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2003-08-19 | Callaway Golf Company | High moment of inertia composite golf club head |
US6162133A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2000-12-19 | Peterson; Lane | Golf club head |
US6042486A (en) | 1997-11-04 | 2000-03-28 | Gallagher; Kenny A. | Golf club head with damping slot and opening to a central cavity behind a floating club face |
JP3130278B2 (en) | 1997-11-14 | 2001-01-31 | 株式会社ロイヤルコレクション | Metal golf club head |
JP3109730B2 (en) | 1997-11-27 | 2000-11-20 | 株式会社遠藤製作所 | Golf club |
JPH11178961A (en) | 1997-12-18 | 1999-07-06 | Jiro Hamada | Evaluation method of iron golf club head, iron golf club and golf club |
US6254494B1 (en) | 1998-01-30 | 2001-07-03 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
US6015354A (en) | 1998-03-05 | 2000-01-18 | Ahn; Stephen C. | Golf club with adjustable total weight, center of gravity and balance |
US6123627A (en) | 1998-05-21 | 2000-09-26 | Antonious; Anthony J. | Golf club head with reinforcing outer support system having weight inserts |
USD409463S (en) | 1998-06-04 | 1999-05-11 | Softspikes, Inc. | Golf cleat wrench |
JP2000014841A (en) | 1998-07-03 | 2000-01-18 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
JP2000024144A (en) | 1998-07-09 | 2000-01-25 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
US6032677A (en) | 1998-07-17 | 2000-03-07 | Blechman; Abraham M. | Method and apparatus for stimulating the healing of medical implants |
US6319149B1 (en) | 1998-08-06 | 2001-11-20 | Michael C. W. Lee | Golf club head |
US6139445A (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2000-10-31 | Frank D. Werner | Golf club face surface shape |
US6089994A (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2000-07-18 | Sun; Donald J. C. | Golf club head with selective weighting device |
JP2000084124A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2000-03-28 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Wood club head |
US5935020A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 1999-08-10 | Tom Stites & Associates, Inc. | Golf club head |
US6669571B1 (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2003-12-30 | Acushnet Company | Method and apparatus for determining golf ball performance versus golf club configuration |
US6033318A (en) | 1998-09-28 | 2000-03-07 | Drajan, Jr.; Cornell | Golf driver head construction |
US6406210B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2002-06-18 | Trw Inc. | Captivated jackscrew design |
US6077171A (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2000-06-20 | Yonex Kabushiki Kaisha | Iron golf club head including weight members for adjusting center of gravity thereof |
USD412547S (en) | 1998-12-03 | 1999-08-03 | Ronnie Cheuk Kit Fong | Golf spike wrench |
BR9805340B1 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2009-01-13 | variable expansion insert for spinal stabilization. | |
US6878073B2 (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2005-04-12 | K.K. Endo Seisakusho | Wood golf club |
US6379264B1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2002-04-30 | Richard Forzano | Putter |
JP3518382B2 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2004-04-12 | ヤマハ株式会社 | Golf club head weight fixing structure |
JP3932233B2 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2007-06-20 | 信幸 御船 | Golf club head |
DE19900791B4 (en) | 1999-01-12 | 2004-02-26 | Kamax-Werke Rudolf Kellermann Gmbh & Co. Kg | Connecting element for two machine or components, in particular fitting expansion screw, fitting threaded bolt or the like. |
US6306048B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2001-10-23 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with weight adjustment |
JP2000245876A (en) | 1999-02-25 | 2000-09-12 | Yonex Co Ltd | Golf club head |
US6171204B1 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2001-01-09 | Frederick B. Starry | Golf club head |
JP2000254263A (en) | 1999-03-11 | 2000-09-19 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Iron golf club |
US6120384A (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2000-09-19 | Drake; Stanley | Custom-fabricated golf club device and method |
US6244974B1 (en) | 1999-04-02 | 2001-06-12 | Edwin E. Hanberry, Jr. | Putter |
DE60005450T2 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2004-07-08 | Mizuno Corp. | Golf club head, iron golf club head, wooden golf club head and golf club set |
US6319150B1 (en) | 1999-05-25 | 2001-11-20 | Frank D. Werner | Face structure for golf club |
US6558273B2 (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2003-05-06 | K. K. Endo Seisakusho | Method for manufacturing a golf club |
JP2002003969A (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2002-01-09 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Wood golf club |
JP2003226952A (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2003-08-15 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Titanium alloy for golf club face |
JP2001054595A (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2001-02-27 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
US6210290B1 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2001-04-03 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club and weighting system |
US6354961B1 (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2002-03-12 | Vardon Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club face flexure control system |
US20020183134A1 (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2002-12-05 | Allen Dillis V. | Golf club head with face wall flexure control system |
US6270422B1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2001-08-07 | Dale P. Fisher | Golf putter with trailing weighting/aiming members |
US6206790B1 (en) | 1999-07-01 | 2001-03-27 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Iron type golf club head with weight adjustment member |
US6669399B2 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2003-12-30 | Wedgelock Systems, Ltd. | Wedge-lockable removable punch and die bushing in retainer |
US6277032B1 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2001-08-21 | Vigor C. Smith | Movable weight golf clubs |
AUPQ227999A0 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 1999-09-09 | Ellemor, John Warwick | Improved construction for golf clubs known as drivers and woods |
US6296579B1 (en) | 1999-08-26 | 2001-10-02 | Lee D. Robinson | Putting improvement device and method |
US6390933B1 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2002-05-21 | Callaway Golf Company | High cofficient of restitution golf club head |
US6491592B2 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2002-12-10 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head |
TW577761B (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2004-03-01 | Callaway Golf Co | Multiple material golf club head |
US6739983B2 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2004-05-25 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with customizable center of gravity |
US6565452B2 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2003-05-20 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head with face insert |
US6582323B2 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2003-06-24 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head |
US6575845B2 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2003-06-10 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head |
JP2001129130A (en) | 1999-11-02 | 2001-05-15 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
JP2001129132A (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2001-05-15 | Golf Planning:Kk | Golf club head |
JP2001170225A (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2001-06-26 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club and method for manufacturing the same |
US6299546B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2001-10-09 | Chih-Hung Wang | Club head assembly for a golf club |
US6299547B1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2001-10-09 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with an internal striking plate brace |
US6364789B1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2002-04-02 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US6348013B1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2002-02-19 | Callaway Golf Company | Complaint face golf club |
JP3663620B2 (en) | 2000-01-25 | 2005-06-22 | 美津濃株式会社 | Golf club head for metal wood |
NO20001250L (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2001-09-10 | Pro Golf Dev As | Metal golf ball head with moving weights |
US6348015B1 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2002-02-19 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head having a striking face with improved impact efficiency |
US6641487B1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2003-11-04 | Edward Hamburger | Adjustably weighted golf club putter head with removable faceplates |
US6533679B1 (en) | 2000-04-06 | 2003-03-18 | Acushnet Company | Hollow golf club |
US6605007B1 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2003-08-12 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with a high coefficient of restitution |
US7704162B2 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2010-04-27 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club with improved hitting face |
US7029403B2 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2006-04-18 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club with improved hitting face |
US20050101404A1 (en) | 2000-04-19 | 2005-05-12 | Long D. C. | Golf club head with localized grooves and reinforcement |
US6383090B1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2002-05-07 | O'doherty J. Bryan | Golf clubs |
US6386987B1 (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2002-05-14 | Lejeune, Jr. Francis E. | Golf club |
US6530848B2 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2003-03-11 | Elizabeth P. Gillig | Multipurpose golf club |
US6409612B1 (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2002-06-25 | Callaway Golf Company | Weighting member for a golf club head |
TW450822B (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2001-08-21 | Advanced Internatioanl Multite | Method for integrally forming golf club head and its structure |
US6508978B1 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2003-01-21 | Callaway, Golf Company | Golf club head with weighting member and method of manufacturing the same |
JP3635227B2 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2005-04-06 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club |
US6569040B2 (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2003-05-27 | Alden S. Bradstock | Golf club selection calculator and method |
JP2002017908A (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2002-01-22 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club and its manufacturing method |
JP3779531B2 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2006-05-31 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club |
US6475101B2 (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2002-11-05 | Bruce D. Burrows | Metal wood golf club head with faceplate insert |
US6757572B1 (en) | 2000-07-24 | 2004-06-29 | Carl A. Forest | Computerized system and method for practicing and instructing in a sport and software for same |
US6364788B1 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2002-04-02 | Callaway Golf Company | Weighting system for a golf club head |
JP2002052099A (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2002-02-19 | Daiwa Seiko Inc | Golf club head |
US6348014B1 (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-02-19 | Chih Hung Chiu | Golf putter head and weight adjustable arrangement |
US6447405B1 (en) | 2000-08-21 | 2002-09-10 | Chien Ting Precision Casting Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
US6530847B1 (en) | 2000-08-21 | 2003-03-11 | Anthony J. Antonious | Metalwood type golf club head having expanded additions to the ball striking club face |
JP2002065909A (en) | 2000-08-28 | 2002-03-05 | Gps:Kk | Golf club head and production method thereof |
CN2436182Y (en) | 2000-09-05 | 2001-06-27 | 黄振智 | Improved golf club head |
US20020032075A1 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2002-03-14 | Vatsvog Marlo K. | Golf putter |
JP4180778B2 (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2008-11-12 | 東京瓦斯株式会社 | Battery life estimation device for gas meter |
US6663506B2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2003-12-16 | The Yokohama Rubber Co. | Golf club |
JP3521424B2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2004-04-19 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Golf club |
JP4460138B2 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2010-05-12 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US6592468B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2003-07-15 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US6524194B2 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2003-02-25 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head construction |
JP2002248183A (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-09-03 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
JP2002248182A (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-09-03 | Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The | Golf club head |
JP2002253712A (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2002-09-10 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
US6461249B2 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2002-10-08 | Raymond A. Liberatore | Weight holder attachable to golf club head |
US6443851B1 (en) | 2001-03-05 | 2002-09-03 | Raymond A. Liberatore | Weight holder attachable to golf club |
JP2002253706A (en) | 2001-03-05 | 2002-09-10 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club and method of manufacturing for the same |
US6652387B2 (en) | 2001-03-05 | 2003-11-25 | Raymond A. Liberatore | Weight holding device attachable to golf club head |
US6991558B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2006-01-31 | Taylor Made Golf Co., Lnc. | Golf club head |
JP2002325867A (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2002-11-12 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Wood type golf club head |
US6524197B2 (en) | 2001-05-11 | 2003-02-25 | Zevo Golf | Golf club head having a device for resisting expansion between opposing walls during ball impact |
WO2002095244A2 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2002-11-28 | Huck Patents, Inc. | Self-locking fastener with threaded swageable collar |
JP2002360749A (en) | 2001-06-04 | 2002-12-17 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
US6623378B2 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2003-09-23 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Method for manufacturing and golf club head |
US6458044B1 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2002-10-01 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head and method for making it |
US6824475B2 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2004-11-30 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
JP2003038691A (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2003-02-12 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
KR100596956B1 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2006-07-07 | 요코하마 고무 가부시키가이샤 | Golf club head |
US6604568B2 (en) | 2001-08-16 | 2003-08-12 | Kartsen Manufacturing Corp. | Method of manufacturing titanium golf club having a striking surface free of oxygen-stabilized alpha phase titanium |
US20030036442A1 (en) | 2001-08-17 | 2003-02-20 | Bing Chao | Golf club head having a high coefficient of restitution and method of making it |
US6569029B1 (en) | 2001-08-23 | 2003-05-27 | Edward Hamburger | Golf club head having replaceable bounce angle portions |
US6527649B1 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2003-03-04 | Lloyd A. Neher | Adjustable golf putter |
JP2003093554A (en) | 2001-09-21 | 2003-04-02 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
JP2003126311A (en) | 2001-10-23 | 2003-05-07 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
KR100596958B1 (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2006-07-07 | 요코하마 고무 가부시키가이샤 | Golf club head |
GB2382782A (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2003-06-11 | Yang Jian Kuo | Changing centre of gravity of object, eg sports racket, bat or club |
JP2003190336A (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-08 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
US7004852B2 (en) | 2002-01-10 | 2006-02-28 | Dogleg Right Corporation | Customizable center-of-gravity golf club head |
JP3725481B2 (en) * | 2002-01-11 | 2005-12-14 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Hollow golf club head |
US20030148818A1 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-08-07 | Myrhum Mark C. | Golf club woods with wood club head having a selectable center of gravity and a selectable shaft |
US6602149B1 (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2003-08-05 | Callaway Golf Company | Bonded joint design for a golf club head |
US6719641B2 (en) | 2002-04-26 | 2004-04-13 | Nicklaus Golf Equipment Company | Golf iron having a customizable weighting feature |
US6648774B1 (en) | 2002-05-01 | 2003-11-18 | Callaway Golf Company | Composite golf club head having a metal striking insert within the front face wall |
US6860818B2 (en) | 2002-06-17 | 2005-03-01 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with peripheral weighting |
US6648773B1 (en) | 2002-07-12 | 2003-11-18 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with metal striking plate insert |
JP2004041681A (en) | 2002-07-12 | 2004-02-12 | Callaway Golf Co | Golf club head equipped with metallic striking plate insert |
US6855069B2 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2005-02-15 | Mizuno Corporation | Game improvement golf club using hollow technology |
USD482420S1 (en) | 2002-09-03 | 2003-11-18 | Burrows Golf, Inc. | Wood type head for a golf club |
JP2004097551A (en) | 2002-09-10 | 2004-04-02 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
JP2004097612A (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2004-04-02 | Toshitaka Namiki | Swing control weight |
US7179034B2 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2007-02-20 | Whitesell International Corporation | Torque resistant fastening element |
US6997820B2 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2006-02-14 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club having an improved face plate |
USD484208S1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2003-12-23 | Burrows Golf, Inc. | Wood type head for a golf club |
US20040087388A1 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2004-05-06 | Beach Todd P. | Golf club head providing enhanced acoustics |
US6773360B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2004-08-10 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head having a removable weight |
US6904663B2 (en) | 2002-11-04 | 2005-06-14 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Method for manufacturing a golf club face |
US8758153B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2014-06-24 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US7419441B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2008-09-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head weight reinforcement |
US8353786B2 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2013-01-15 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US8900069B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2014-12-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Fairway wood center of gravity projection |
US8622847B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2014-01-07 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US7186190B1 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2007-03-06 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head having movable weights |
US7407447B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2008-08-05 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Movable weights for a golf club head |
US7744484B1 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2010-06-29 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Movable weights for a golf club head |
US9662545B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2017-05-30 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club with coefficient of restitution feature |
US7628707B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2009-12-08 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club information system and methods |
US8337319B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2012-12-25 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US8876622B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2014-11-04 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US8303431B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2012-11-06 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US7731603B2 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2010-06-08 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US8235844B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2012-08-07 | Adams Golf Ip, Lp | Hollow golf club head |
US6902497B2 (en) * | 2002-11-12 | 2005-06-07 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with a face insert |
US6743118B1 (en) | 2002-11-18 | 2004-06-01 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7147572B2 (en) | 2002-11-28 | 2006-12-12 | Sri Sports Limited | Wood type golf club head |
TWI277435B (en) * | 2002-12-02 | 2007-04-01 | Mizuno Kk | Golf club head and method for producing the same |
US20040192468A1 (en) * | 2002-12-02 | 2004-09-30 | Kenji Onoda | Composite metal wood |
JP4256668B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2009-04-22 | 株式会社神戸製鋼所 | Golf club |
US6969326B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2005-11-29 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
JP4423435B2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2010-03-03 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US6887165B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2005-05-03 | K.K. Endo Seisakusho | Golf club |
US6974393B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2005-12-13 | Ceramixgolf.Com | Golf club head |
JP2004174224A (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-06-24 | Endo Mfg Co Ltd | Golf club |
USD482089S1 (en) | 2003-01-02 | 2003-11-11 | Burrows Golf, Inc. | Wood type head for a golf club |
USD482090S1 (en) | 2003-01-02 | 2003-11-11 | Burrows Golf, Inc. | Wood type head for a golf club |
JP4118150B2 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2008-07-16 | 横浜ゴム株式会社 | Golf club head |
US6881292B2 (en) * | 2003-02-09 | 2005-04-19 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Golf club head and manufacturing method therefor |
JP2004261451A (en) | 2003-03-03 | 2004-09-24 | Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd | Golf club head |
JP3974055B2 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2007-09-12 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP4128970B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2008-07-30 | 株式会社遠藤製作所 | Golf club |
US7294064B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2007-11-13 | K.K Endo Seisakusho | Golf club |
US20040192463A1 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2004-09-30 | K. K. Endo Seisakusho | Golf club |
JP3996539B2 (en) * | 2003-04-02 | 2007-10-24 | 復盛股▲分▼有限公司 | Golf club head and manufacturing method thereof |
US6773361B1 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2004-08-10 | Chia Wen Lee | Metal golf club head having adjustable weight |
US6923734B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2005-08-02 | Jas. D. Easton, Inc. | Golf club head with ports and weighted rods for adjusting weight and center of gravity |
US7267620B2 (en) | 2003-05-21 | 2007-09-11 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
JP2004351173A (en) | 2003-05-27 | 2004-12-16 | Atsuo Hirota | High resilience golf club head |
JP2004351054A (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2004-12-16 | Daiwa Seiko Inc | Metal hollow golf club head |
US6875124B2 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2005-04-05 | Acushnet Company | Golf club iron |
US6875129B2 (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2005-04-05 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7108609B2 (en) | 2003-07-10 | 2006-09-19 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club having a weight positioning system |
US6881158B2 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2005-04-19 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Weight number for a golf club head |
US6805643B1 (en) | 2003-08-18 | 2004-10-19 | O-Ta Precision Casting Co., Ltd. | Composite golf club head |
US7086964B2 (en) | 2003-09-02 | 2006-08-08 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Weight member for a golf club head |
US7651412B2 (en) * | 2003-09-15 | 2010-01-26 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with progressive face stiffness |
US20050227781A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2005-10-13 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Weight member for a golf club head |
US20050070371A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2005-03-31 | Chan-Tung Chen | Weight member for a golf club head |
JP4202888B2 (en) * | 2003-10-23 | 2008-12-24 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP2005130911A (en) | 2003-10-28 | 2005-05-26 | Nelson Precision Casting Co Ltd | Connecting structure between golf club head and weight |
TWI224019B (en) * | 2003-11-04 | 2004-11-21 | Fu Sheng Ind Co Ltd | Golf club head and compound plates therefor |
US7871339B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2011-01-18 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club with swing balance weight cover |
JP2005160947A (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2005-06-23 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
USD501036S1 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2005-01-18 | Burrows Golf, Llc | Wood type head for a golf club |
US20050124435A1 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2005-06-09 | Gambetta Mark J. | Golf club head |
US7201669B2 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2007-04-10 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head having a bridge member and a weight positioning system |
US7025692B2 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2006-04-11 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head |
US7134971B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2006-11-14 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
US7771291B1 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2010-08-10 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head with vertical center of gravity adjustment |
JP4287769B2 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2009-07-01 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head and manufacturing method thereof |
US6939247B1 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2005-09-06 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club head with high center of gravity |
JP4335059B2 (en) | 2004-04-14 | 2009-09-30 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US6964617B2 (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2005-11-15 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with gasket |
US20050233827A1 (en) | 2004-04-20 | 2005-10-20 | Best Christopher B | Putter with vibration isolation |
US7140974B2 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2006-11-28 | Taylor Made Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
US7226366B2 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2007-06-05 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with gasket |
JP4482387B2 (en) * | 2004-07-13 | 2010-06-16 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US7175541B2 (en) * | 2004-07-20 | 2007-02-13 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
US7108614B2 (en) * | 2004-07-20 | 2006-09-19 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Golf club head with improved striking effect |
US7059973B2 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-06-13 | Callaway Golf Company | Multiple material golf club head |
US20060058112A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2006-03-16 | Greg Haralason | Golf club head with a weighting system |
USD515165S1 (en) | 2004-09-23 | 2006-02-14 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club weight |
JP4025327B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2007-12-19 | 琢二 高橋 | Golf club with variable head center of gravity |
JP2006102053A (en) | 2004-10-04 | 2006-04-20 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
US7101289B2 (en) | 2004-10-07 | 2006-09-05 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with variable face thickness |
US7166038B2 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2007-01-23 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7651414B2 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2010-01-26 | Roger Cleveland Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head having a displaced crown portion |
JP4639749B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2011-02-23 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Manufacturing method of golf club head |
JP3727326B2 (en) | 2004-10-26 | 2005-12-14 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club manufacturing method |
CN2742991Y (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2005-11-30 | 陈幸华 | Balance weight regulatable gelf ball head |
US7153220B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2006-12-26 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co., Ltd. | Golf club head with adjustable weight member |
US20060122004A1 (en) * | 2004-12-06 | 2006-06-08 | Hsin-Hua Chen | Weight adjustable golf club head |
US7229362B2 (en) * | 2004-12-14 | 2007-06-12 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device with discrete regions of different density |
JP4339273B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2009-10-07 | 株式会社さくらゴルフ | Putter head |
US7169060B2 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2007-01-30 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7163468B2 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2007-01-16 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7591737B2 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2009-09-22 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US7351161B2 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2008-04-01 | Adam Beach | Scientifically adaptable driver |
US7166041B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2007-01-23 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf clubhead with adjustable weighting |
US20060172816A1 (en) | 2005-02-03 | 2006-08-03 | Johnson Lanny L | Modular putter |
US7278926B2 (en) | 2005-02-03 | 2007-10-09 | Taylor Made Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
JP2006212407A (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2006-08-17 | Fu Sheng Industrial Co Ltd | Structure of weight of golf club head |
US7147573B2 (en) | 2005-02-07 | 2006-12-12 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable weighting |
US7396293B2 (en) | 2005-02-24 | 2008-07-08 | Acushnet Company | Hollow golf club |
US20060240908A1 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2006-10-26 | Adams Edwin H | Golf club head |
US9393471B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2016-07-19 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club head with removable component |
US9421438B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2016-08-23 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club head with accessible interior |
US7377860B2 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2008-05-27 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood golf club head |
US9643065B2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2017-05-09 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads |
JP2006320493A (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2006-11-30 | Sri Sports Ltd | Golf club head |
US20070026961A1 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2007-02-01 | Nelson Precision Casting Co., Ltd. | Golf club head |
DE102005037857A1 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2007-02-15 | Thielen Feinmechanik Gmbh & Co. Fertigungs Kg | golf club |
US7749101B2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2010-07-06 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Wood-type golf club head |
JP3970295B2 (en) | 2005-08-24 | 2007-09-05 | 株式会社新潟ティーエルオー | Golf putter |
US20070049417A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Shear David A | Metal wood club |
US7582024B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2009-09-01 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club |
US7549934B2 (en) | 2005-09-07 | 2009-06-23 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club with improved hitting face |
JP4612526B2 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2011-01-12 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP2007136069A (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2007-06-07 | Sri Sports Ltd | Golf club head |
JP4567579B2 (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2010-10-20 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US7824277B2 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2010-11-02 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club |
US20070149315A1 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2007-06-28 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club |
US20070178988A1 (en) | 2006-02-01 | 2007-08-02 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads including cellular structure metals and other materials |
US7775907B2 (en) * | 2006-03-16 | 2010-08-17 | Sri Sports Limited | Method for manufacturing golf club head |
JP4326540B2 (en) | 2006-04-05 | 2009-09-09 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP4673794B2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2011-04-20 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US7585233B2 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2009-09-08 | Roger Cleveland Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
US20080020861A1 (en) * | 2006-07-18 | 2008-01-24 | Huffy Sports Delaware, Inc. | Adjustable weight golf clubs |
US9700764B2 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2017-07-11 | Vandette B. Carter | Golf club with adjustable center of gravity head |
TWM316090U (en) | 2006-08-09 | 2007-08-01 | Fu Sheng Ind Co Ltd | Detachable weight structure for golf club head |
JP2008099902A (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2008-05-01 | Sri Sports Ltd | Wood type golf club head |
US8834289B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-09-16 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with flexure |
US8986133B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2015-03-24 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with flexure |
US9498688B2 (en) | 2006-10-25 | 2016-11-22 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with stiffening member |
US8834290B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-09-16 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with flexure |
US7758452B2 (en) | 2008-11-03 | 2010-07-20 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removable sole weight |
US8105175B2 (en) | 2006-11-27 | 2012-01-31 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removable sole weight using custom and interchangeable panels |
US20080132353A1 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2008-06-05 | Pen-Long Hsiao | Weight adjustable golf club head |
US7520820B2 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2009-04-21 | Callaway Golf Company | C-shaped golf club head |
US7775905B2 (en) * | 2006-12-19 | 2010-08-17 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head with repositionable weight |
JP5087781B2 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2012-12-05 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Wood club head |
US7500926B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2009-03-10 | Roger Cleveland Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
JP4674866B2 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2011-04-20 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP2008188366A (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2008-08-21 | Sri Sports Ltd | Golf club head |
US7611424B2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2009-11-03 | Mizuno Usa, Inc. | Golf club head and golf club |
US8016694B2 (en) * | 2007-02-12 | 2011-09-13 | Mizuno Usa | Golf club head and golf clubs |
JP4769210B2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2011-09-07 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US7674189B2 (en) | 2007-04-12 | 2010-03-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US7445563B1 (en) | 2007-04-24 | 2008-11-04 | Origin, Inc. | Vibration damping for hollow golf club heads |
US9061186B2 (en) | 2007-06-20 | 2015-06-23 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads having adjustable weighting characteristics |
JP2009000281A (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2009-01-08 | Tomohiko Sato | Metal wood club head |
US7931542B2 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2011-04-26 | Daiwa Seiko, Inc. | Golf club |
US20090062029A1 (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2009-03-05 | Nike, Inc. | Releasable and Interchangeable Connections for Golf Club Heads and Shafts |
US8632417B2 (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2014-01-21 | Nike, Inc. | Releasable and interchangeable connections for golf club heads and shafts |
TWM328303U (en) | 2007-10-05 | 2008-03-11 | Advanced Int Multitech Co Ltd | Head structure of Golf club |
JP4572922B2 (en) | 2007-10-16 | 2010-11-04 | 株式会社日本自動車部品総合研究所 | Antenna system and in-vehicle wireless communication device |
JP5049099B2 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2012-10-17 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US20090137338A1 (en) | 2007-11-27 | 2009-05-28 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Wood-type golf club head |
US7938739B2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2011-05-10 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club with cavity, and method of manufacture |
US8235834B2 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2012-08-07 | Acushnet Company | Interchangeable shaft system |
US8012039B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2011-09-06 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US7753806B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2010-07-13 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US8206244B2 (en) | 2008-01-10 | 2012-06-26 | Adams Golf Ip, Lp | Fairway wood type golf club |
US7632196B2 (en) | 2008-01-10 | 2009-12-15 | Adams Golf Ip, Lp | Fairway wood type golf club |
US7806782B2 (en) | 2008-02-12 | 2010-10-05 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads having adjustable weight members |
US7691006B1 (en) | 2008-02-22 | 2010-04-06 | William Burke | Golf club head having interchangeable and weight displacement system |
US7758451B2 (en) * | 2008-02-25 | 2010-07-20 | Cobra Golf, Inc | Weight adjusting structure of golf club head |
JP5314319B2 (en) | 2008-04-15 | 2013-10-16 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Wood type golf club head |
US9033821B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2015-05-19 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf clubs |
US8425342B2 (en) | 2008-05-19 | 2013-04-23 | Nike, Inc. | Putter heads and putters including polymeric material as part of the ball striking face |
US7914393B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2011-03-29 | Cobra Golf, Inc. | Golf club head with sound tuning |
KR100858609B1 (en) | 2008-06-02 | 2008-09-17 | 문석진 | The forged iron head and golf club having the same |
KR100897624B1 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2009-05-14 | 임형진 | Golf club head with rippled structure |
US8088021B2 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2012-01-03 | Adams Golf Ip, Lp | High volume aerodynamic golf club head having a post apex attachment promoting region |
US20100016095A1 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | Michael Scott Burnett | Golf club head having trip step feature |
JP5281844B2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2013-09-04 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US7798914B2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-09-21 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf clubs with variable moment of inertia and methods of manufacture thereof |
US8133128B2 (en) * | 2008-08-15 | 2012-03-13 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head and system |
JP5405787B2 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2014-02-05 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
USD588223S1 (en) | 2008-10-09 | 2009-03-10 | Roger Cleveland Golf Co., Inc. | Golf club head |
US7896753B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2011-03-01 | Nike, Inc. | Wrapping element for a golf club |
US8388465B2 (en) | 2008-11-03 | 2013-03-05 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removeable sole weight |
US7993216B2 (en) * | 2008-11-17 | 2011-08-09 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having multi-piece construction |
US8845454B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2014-09-30 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club or other ball striking device having stiffened face portion |
US8070623B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2011-12-06 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having stiffened face portion |
JP5221310B2 (en) | 2008-12-09 | 2013-06-26 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US8012038B1 (en) | 2008-12-11 | 2011-09-06 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
JP5221325B2 (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2013-06-26 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
CN201353407Y (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2009-12-02 | 苏基宏 | Golf club head component |
US20100190573A1 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2010-07-29 | Nike, Inc. | Golf Club And Golf Club Head Structures |
US9149693B2 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2015-10-06 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club and golf club head structures |
US20100197423A1 (en) | 2009-02-05 | 2010-08-05 | Nike, Inc. | Releasable and interchangeable connections for golf club heads and shafts |
JP4586111B1 (en) | 2009-04-16 | 2010-11-24 | シャープ株式会社 | Cooker |
US8702531B2 (en) | 2009-05-13 | 2014-04-22 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club assembly and golf club with aerodynamic hosel |
US7934999B2 (en) | 2009-05-18 | 2011-05-03 | Callaway Golf Company | Wood-type golf club head with adjustable sole contour |
US8376878B2 (en) | 2009-05-28 | 2013-02-19 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head having variable center of gravity location |
US8262499B2 (en) | 2009-06-17 | 2012-09-11 | Acushnet Company | Golf club with adjustable hosel angle |
US8496544B2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2013-07-30 | Acushnet Company | Golf club with improved performance characteristics |
JP2011005167A (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2011-01-13 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
US8435132B2 (en) | 2009-07-10 | 2013-05-07 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads |
JP5616037B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2014-10-29 | ブリヂストンスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US8277337B2 (en) | 2009-07-22 | 2012-10-02 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Iron head |
EP2985057B1 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2018-01-31 | NIKE Innovate C.V. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having impact-influencing body features |
US8206243B2 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2012-06-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads having a movable weight |
US20110081986A1 (en) | 2009-10-01 | 2011-04-07 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads having a removable mass ring |
JP4891379B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2012-03-07 | Sriスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club |
USD612440S1 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2010-03-23 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head with red regions |
US8444506B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2013-05-21 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with composite weight port |
US8753226B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2014-06-17 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with composite weight port |
US8641550B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2014-02-04 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club heads |
US9259625B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2016-02-16 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US20120289360A1 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2012-11-15 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club with truss |
US8632419B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2014-01-21 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US8523702B2 (en) | 2010-03-11 | 2013-09-03 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads including structure to selectively control the sound of the club head |
US8758163B2 (en) | 2010-04-12 | 2014-06-24 | Nike, Inc. | Iron type golf clubs and golf club heads having adjustable weighting features |
US8734265B2 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2014-05-27 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club with multi-component construction |
US8562453B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2013-10-22 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd. | Golf club |
US8821312B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2014-09-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head having a stress reducing feature with aperture |
US8827831B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2014-09-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head having a stress reducing feature |
CN103025380A (en) | 2010-08-11 | 2013-04-03 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | Phototherapy method and device |
JP5204826B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-06-05 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US9440126B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2016-09-13 | Robert Boyd | Golf club and golf club head structures |
US8425348B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-04-23 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club with adjustable weight |
US8747253B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2014-06-10 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having adjustable weighting features |
JP2012110429A (en) * | 2010-11-22 | 2012-06-14 | Sri Sports Ltd | Method of manufacturing golf club head |
JP2012115415A (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2012-06-21 | Bridgestone Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
EP2646122B1 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2015-03-18 | NIKE Innovate C.V. | Golf club heads or other ball striking devices having distributed impact response and a stiffened face plate |
US20120165111A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2012-06-28 | Cheng Michael H L | Apparatus for connecting a golf club shaft to a golf club head and golf clubs including the same |
US20120165110A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2012-06-28 | Cheng Michael H L | Apparatus For Connecting A Golf Club Shaft To A Golf Club Head And Golf Clubs Including The Same |
US9220953B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2015-12-29 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Fairway wood center of gravity projection |
US9707457B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2017-07-18 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US10639524B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2020-05-05 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US8888607B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2014-11-18 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Fairway wood center of gravity projection |
TWI389719B (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2013-03-21 | Advanced Int Multitech Co Ltd | The removable weight structure of the golf ball head |
US9101808B2 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2015-08-11 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having impact-influencing body features |
JP5756305B2 (en) * | 2011-03-02 | 2015-07-29 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head and golf club using the same |
US8690704B2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2014-04-08 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club assembly and golf club with aerodynamic features |
WO2013028853A1 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2013-02-28 | Nike International Ltd. | Golf club and golf club head structures |
WO2013028889A1 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2013-02-28 | Nike International Ltd. | Golf club head with a void |
US8579728B2 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-11-12 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club heads with weight redistribution channels and related methods |
US8678949B2 (en) | 2011-10-19 | 2014-03-25 | Bridgestone Sports Co., Ltd | Golf club head and manufacturing method for the same |
JP2013123439A (en) | 2011-12-13 | 2013-06-24 | Dunlop Sports Co Ltd | Golf club head |
US8956242B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2015-02-17 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head |
US8403771B1 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2013-03-26 | Callaway Gold Company | Golf club head |
US8684863B2 (en) * | 2011-12-27 | 2014-04-01 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removable weight |
US9095753B2 (en) | 2011-12-27 | 2015-08-04 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removable weight |
US9205312B2 (en) * | 2011-12-27 | 2015-12-08 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having removable weight |
US9079078B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2015-07-14 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US8758165B1 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2014-06-24 | Callaway Gold Company | Customizable golf club head |
US8257195B1 (en) | 2012-04-19 | 2012-09-04 | Callaway Golf Company | Weighted golf club head |
US9101805B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2015-08-11 | Nike, Inc. | Golf clubs and golf club heads |
JP6343116B2 (en) * | 2012-05-31 | 2018-06-13 | 住友ゴム工業株式会社 | Golf club head and manufacturing method thereof |
US9403069B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2016-08-02 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head or other ball striking device having impact-influencing body features |
US9101811B1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2015-08-11 | Callaway Golf Company | CG height adjustability by conformal weighting |
US9180349B1 (en) * | 2012-06-08 | 2015-11-10 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US8790195B1 (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2014-07-29 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable characteristics |
US9211453B1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-12-15 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US8956244B1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2015-02-17 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with center of gravity adjustability |
US9259627B1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2016-02-16 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US9486677B1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2016-11-08 | Callaway Golf Company | Weighted golf club head having composite tubes |
US9687702B1 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-06-27 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with structural columns |
US9694257B1 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-07-04 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with structural columns |
US9776058B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-10-03 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head having optimized ball speed to CT relationship |
US9597558B1 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-03-21 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head having composite tubes |
USD678965S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678972S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678971S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678964S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD679354S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-04-02 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678973S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD675692S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-02-05 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678969S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678970S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD678968S1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2013-03-26 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
US9700765B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2017-07-11 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with flexure |
US9636552B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2017-05-02 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with flexure |
USD697152S1 (en) | 2012-10-18 | 2014-01-07 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US9162120B2 (en) | 2012-10-23 | 2015-10-20 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Club heads for adjusting vertical spin of a golf ball and methods of providing the same |
WO2014070343A1 (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-08 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head with a void |
US9364728B1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2016-06-14 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US8696491B1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2014-04-15 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US9636553B1 (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2017-05-02 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable weight bar |
CN203389296U (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2014-01-15 | 郭清金 | Golf putter head convenient for adjusting gravity centre point |
TWM465945U (en) | 2013-04-30 | 2013-11-21 | Ota Precision Ind Co Ltd | Golf club head |
JP6227312B2 (en) * | 2013-07-23 | 2017-11-08 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club |
USD714893S1 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2014-10-07 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD722122S1 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2015-02-03 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
JP5852717B2 (en) | 2013-08-29 | 2016-02-03 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
USD707768S1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2014-06-24 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD708281S1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2014-07-01 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD707773S1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2014-06-24 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
USD707769S1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2014-06-24 | Nike, Inc. | Golf club head |
US9227115B2 (en) | 2013-09-19 | 2016-01-05 | Acushnet Company | Putter with integral sightline and sole plate |
US9302160B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2016-04-05 | Acushnet Company | Adjustable weight for golf club head |
US9694261B2 (en) * | 2013-10-21 | 2017-07-04 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable center of gravity |
US9861864B2 (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2018-01-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US9623294B1 (en) * | 2014-01-24 | 2017-04-18 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable weighting |
US9724577B1 (en) * | 2014-01-24 | 2017-08-08 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with adjustable weighting |
US9597563B2 (en) * | 2014-04-21 | 2017-03-21 | Mizuno Usa, Inc. | Multi-track adjustable golf club |
US9238162B2 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2016-01-19 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club with adjustable weight assembly |
US9764210B2 (en) * | 2014-04-25 | 2017-09-19 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club head with internal cap |
US9433836B2 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2016-09-06 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club with adjustable weight assembly |
US9381410B2 (en) * | 2014-05-07 | 2016-07-05 | Acushnet Company | Metal wood club |
TWI526236B (en) | 2014-05-15 | 2016-03-21 | Advanced Int Multitech Co Ltd | Adjustable center of gravity of the golf ball head |
US9731171B2 (en) | 2014-06-20 | 2017-08-15 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club with removable weight |
EP2993116B1 (en) | 2014-09-08 | 2020-10-28 | Eniram OY | A sensor device for providing marine vessel data |
US20160074720A1 (en) | 2014-09-16 | 2016-03-17 | Dunlop Sports Company Limited | Golf club head with interior weight adjustable in multiple directions |
CN204106986U (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2015-01-21 | 东莞建力体育器材有限公司 | A kind of adjustable center of gravity glof club head |
US9717962B1 (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2017-08-01 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head with center of gravity adjustability that optimizes products of inertia |
US9861865B1 (en) | 2014-12-24 | 2018-01-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Hollow golf club head with step-down crown and shroud forming second cavity |
US9468816B2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2016-10-18 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Non-metallic connection assembly for a golf club |
JP5852756B1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-02-03 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
JP2016179061A (en) | 2015-03-24 | 2016-10-13 | ダンロップスポーツ株式会社 | Golf club head |
US9597561B1 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-03-21 | Callaway Golf Company | Golf club head having face stress-reduction features |
US10213665B1 (en) | 2015-07-13 | 2019-02-26 | Cobra Golf Incorporated | Golf club head with adjustable weight |
US10183202B1 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2019-01-22 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US9868036B1 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2018-01-16 | Taylormade Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US9914027B1 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2018-03-13 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US10035049B1 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2018-07-31 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US10086240B1 (en) | 2015-08-14 | 2018-10-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club head |
US10035051B2 (en) | 2015-12-22 | 2018-07-31 | Acushnet Company | Golf club with movable weight |
US10556161B2 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2020-02-11 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Adjustable weight club head |
WO2018005876A2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-04 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Golf club head having an adjustable weighting system |
US10065094B2 (en) | 2016-08-24 | 2018-09-04 | Wilson Sporting Goods Co. | Golf club head |
US10173111B2 (en) | 2017-04-27 | 2019-01-08 | Arcline Research, Llc | Adjustable weighted golf club head |
GB2575601B (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2022-08-17 | Karsten Mfg Corp | Golf club head with adjustable resting face angle |
US10159880B1 (en) | 2017-07-25 | 2018-12-25 | Mizuno Corporation | Adjustable metal wood golf club head with moveable weight structure |
US10576337B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2020-03-03 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having movable weight and cover |
US10398952B1 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2019-09-03 | Acushnet Company | Golf club having movable weight |
US11192005B2 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2021-12-07 | Acushnet Company | Golf club head with improved inertia performance |
-
2018
- 2018-07-23 US US16/042,902 patent/US10653926B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-05-15 US US16/875,802 patent/US11013965B2/en active Active
- 2020-12-04 US US17/112,761 patent/US11400350B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-07-28 US US17/387,181 patent/US11771963B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-09-15 US US18/468,273 patent/US20240082655A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090258725A1 (en) * | 2008-04-10 | 2009-10-15 | Jones David D | Golf putter heads and removable putter weights |
US20090286619A1 (en) * | 2008-05-16 | 2009-11-19 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club |
US20160236047A1 (en) * | 2012-10-23 | 2016-08-18 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Adjustable sole weight of a golf club head |
US10004954B2 (en) * | 2012-10-23 | 2018-06-26 | Karsten Manufacturing Corporation | Adjustable sole weight of a golf club head |
US11013965B2 (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2021-05-25 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US11400350B2 (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2022-08-02 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
US11406881B2 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2022-08-09 | Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. | Golf club heads |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US11400350B2 (en) | 2022-08-02 |
US11771963B2 (en) | 2023-10-03 |
US20200023245A1 (en) | 2020-01-23 |
US20240082655A1 (en) | 2024-03-14 |
US10653926B2 (en) | 2020-05-19 |
US20210086042A1 (en) | 2021-03-25 |
US11013965B2 (en) | 2021-05-25 |
US20200346079A1 (en) | 2020-11-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11771963B2 (en) | Golf club heads | |
US11654336B2 (en) | Golf club head | |
US11964192B2 (en) | Golf club head | |
US11712606B2 (en) | Golf club head | |
US11406881B2 (en) | Golf club heads | |
US10569144B2 (en) | Golf club head | |
US11691054B2 (en) | Golf club head | |
US11759685B2 (en) | Golf club heads | |
US12017123B2 (en) | Golf club heads | |
US20230139568A1 (en) | Golf club heads |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TAYLOR MADE GOLF COMPANY, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:STORY, ROBERT;SARGENT, NATHAN T.;KLEINERT, JUSTIN D.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180821 TO 20181005;REEL/FRAME:057005/0148 |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK Free format text: NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:TAYLOR MADE GOLF COMPANY, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058962/0415 Effective date: 20220207 Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK Free format text: NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:TAYLOR MADE GOLF COMPANY, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058963/0671 Effective date: 20220207 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TAYLOR MADE GOLF COMPANY, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:STORY, ROBERT;SARGENT, NATHAN T.;KLEINERT, JUSTIN D.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180821 TO 20181005;REEL/FRAME:064724/0092 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
CC | Certificate of correction |